Document:

Key Manager Income Continuity Plan

 Exhibit 10.2(g) 

CYTEC INDUSTRIES INC. 

Key Manager Income Continuity Plan 

(as amended and restated June 29, 2010) 

1. Purpose. The purpose of this Key Manager Income Continuity Plan (the “Plan”) is to retain the services of executives
in the senior management group of Cytec Industries Inc. (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries and to reinforce and encourage the continuing attention, dedication and loyalty of these executives without the distraction of concern over the
possibility of involuntary or constructive termination of employment resulting from unforeseen developments, by providing income continuity for a limited period. 

The Plan, as amended and restated, is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
“Code”), the regulations thereunder and related guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). 

2. Definitions. Unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the meanings respectively indicated:

  

	 	(a)	“Board of Directors” shall mean the board of directors of Cytec Industries Inc. 

 

	 	(b)	“Cause” shall mean (i) the willful and continued failure by a Participant substantially to perform such Participant’s duties with the Company (other
than any such failure resulting from such Participant’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Participant by the Company which specifically identifies the manner in which
the Company believes that the Participant has not substantially performed such Participant’s duties, or (ii) the willful engaging by the Participant in conduct demonstrably injurious to the Company. For purposes of this definition, no act,
or failure to act, on the part of a Participant shall be considered “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Participant without reasonable belief that such Participant’s action or omission was in the best interests of the
Company and was lawful. 

  

	 	(c)	A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred upon the occurrence of the one of the following events: 

 

	 	(i)	Any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires ownership of stock of the Company that, together with stock held by such person or group,
constitutes more than 50% of either the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company; or 

  

	 	(ii)	 Any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent
acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the 

	 	 
Company possessing 35% or more of the total voting power of the Company; or 

  

	 	(iii)	A majority of members of the Board of Directors is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not recommended by a majority of
the members of the Board of Directors prior to the date of the appointment or election; or 

  

	 	(iv)	Any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by
such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 60% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition.

  

	 	(d)	“Company” shall mean Cytec Industries Inc. and, except for the purposes of Section 2(c) of the Plan, shall include any of its subsidiaries which employs
Participants of this Plan. 

  

	 	(e)	“Date of Termination” shall mean (i) if the employment of a Participant is terminated by death, the date of such Participant’s death, (ii) if
the Participant retires, the date of such Participant’s retirement, (iii) if such employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or other than as a result of Disability, the date specified in the Notice of Termination,
(iv) if such employment is terminated for Disability, the date of such Participant’s Disability, (v) if employment is terminated by the Participant for Good Reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination, as it may be amended
from time to time, (vi) if the Participant’s employment is terminated following a Change in Control, the date specified in the Notice of Termination, and (vii) otherwise shall be the last day of work. For purposes of the Plan, the
termination of a Participant’s employment shall be the Participant’s “separation from service” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h). 

 

	 	(f)	“Disability” shall mean that a Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental
impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. 

  

	 	(g)	“Executive Leadership Team” shall mean the Executive Leadership Team of Cytec Industries Inc. as appointed from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer of
Cytec Industries Inc., or such other body as shall have similar authority and responsibility. 

  

 2 

	 	(h)	“Good Reason” shall mean: 

  

	 	(i)	A change in assignment resulting in the assignment to a Participant of substantially reduced responsibilities compared with those assigned to such Participant prior to
such change, or any change in the Participant’s status, authority or position which represents a demotion (actual or de facto) from the Participant’s status, authority or position immediately prior to such change, except in
connection with the termination of the Participant’s employment because of death or retirement, by the Company for Disability or Cause, or by the Participant other than for a Good Reason enumerated in any of the following subparagraphs of this
subsection (h); 

  

	 	(ii)	The assignment to a Participant of duties inconsistent with such Participant’s responsibilities prior to such assignment, unless such new duties are consistent
with a position of equal or greater status, authority, and position; 

  

	 	(iii)	A reduction in the then current base salary of a Participant unless substantially all other Participants have their base pay reduced by a similar percentage at
approximately the same time, or a reduction in the then current base salary of a Participant that occurs (i) after a Change in Control or (ii) while a Prospective Change in Control is pending if the pending Change in Control becomes a
Change in Control within one year after the date of such reduction in base salary; 

  

	 	(iv)	A failure to pay a Participant any portion of such Participant’s current or deferred compensation within seven (7) days of the date such compensation is due;

  

	 	(v)	The relocation of the principal executive offices of the Company to a location more than 50 miles from the location of the present executive offices or outside of New
Jersey, or requiring a Participant to be based anywhere other than the principal executive offices (or, if a Participant is not based at such executive offices, requiring such Participant to be based at another location not within 50 miles of such
location) except for required travel on business to an extent substantially consistent with such Participant’s duties and responsibilities, or in the event of consent to any such relocation of the base location of a Participant the failure to
pay (or provide reimbursement for) all expenses of such Participant incurred relating to a change of principal residence in accordance with the applicable personnel policies of the Company in effect as of the date of the relocation or proposed
relocation; 

  

	 	(vi)	 The failure to continue in effect any benefit or compensation plan (including, but not limited to, the Long-Term Disability Plan, the I.C. Plan, this
Plan, the stock option and stock appreciation right features of the 1993 Stock Award and Incentive Plan (or of any subsequent and/or 

 

 3 

	 	 
substitute plan)), the Employees’ Savings Plan, the Supplemental Savings Plan, life insurance plan, health and accident plan, disability or vacation plan in which a Participant is
participating, or the taking of any action which would adversely affect participation (including the Participant’s eligibility to participate, the amount of the Participant’s benefits, and the level of the Participant’s participation
relative to other participants) in or materially reduce benefits under any of such plans, or the failure to fund any “rabbi trust” created for the payment of any of the foregoing benefits, when, and to the extent, required by the terms of
any such trust, unless such action is required pursuant to law or unless substantially similar benefits are continued in the aggregate under other plans, programs or arrangements. 

 

	 	(vii)	The failure to obtain the assumption of or an agreement to carry out the terms of this Plan by any successor as contemplated in Section 10 of the Plan; or

  

	 	(viii)	Any purported termination of a Participant’s employment (other than in connection with the sale or other disposition of a Participant’s business unit where
the Participant becomes an employee of, or consultant to, the acquiror, as provided in Section 4 of the Plan) by the Company which is not effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination as herein defined. 

 

	 	(i)	“I.C. Plan” means the existing system of annual cash bonuses payable to Company employees (including Participants), pursuant to which annual target bonuses
are established based upon job levels and payments of bonuses as a percentage of such targets are made based upon Company, business group and individual performance. 

 

	 	(j)	“Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which indicates the specific basis for termination of employment relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable
detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide such basis. The Notice of Termination shall also include the date of termination. 

  

	 	(k)	“Participant” shall mean a person who is employed by the Company on a full-time basis (as reflected in the Company’s payroll records) and for a regular
fixed compensation (other than on a retainer or compensation for temporary employment) and who is included in the membership of this Plan as provided in Section 3 of the Plan. 

 

	 	(l)	“Prospective Change in Control” shall have the meaning as defined in Section13(b) of the Plan. 

3. Membership. The Executive Leadership Team may designate any employee who is not a participant of the Executive Income
Continuity Plan and who is Level G-20 or above as a Participant. After an employee becomes a Participant, such Participant’s membership shall continue until the Participant’s death or retirement, termination of employment by the Company

  

 4 

 
for Cause or Disability, termination of employment by such Participant other than for Good Reason, or until such time, if any, as the Participant becomes a participant of the Executive Income
Continuity Plan. 
 4. Termination of Employment. Each Participant shall be entitled to receive the income continuation
payments provided for in Section 5 of the Plan upon termination of such Participant’s employment, unless such termination is (a) because of the Participant’s death, Disability or retirement, (b) by the Company for Cause,
(c) by such Participant for any reason (other than a reason specified in Sections 2(h)(iii) or 2(h)(v) of the Plan which occurs within 120 days prior to the termination) if such, termination occurs prior to a Prospective Change in Control, or
(d) by such Participant other than for Good Reason if such termination occurs after a Change in Control; provided that a Participant shall not be entitled to any income continuation payments if the termination of employment occurs in connection
with the sale or other disposition by the Company of the business unit within which the Participant is employed and such Participant becomes, in connection with such sale or other disposition, or within six months thereof, either (i) an
employee of the acquiror or (ii) a consultant to the acquiror earning consulting fees substantially similar to (or higher than) the Participant’s base salary and incentive compensation from the Company; and provided, further, that, if
Notice of Termination is given prior to a Change in Control, such Participant shall have signed and delivered, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Counsel, non-disparagement agreement, a one-year non-compete agreement and a waiver,
effectively waiving all claims against the Company (including its officers, directors, employees and agents) arising out of such Participant’s employment or termination, other than claims for payment post-termination of employment under the
terms of this Plan and employee benefit and compensation plans of the Company, such waiver, non-disparagement agreement and a non-compete agreement, to be delivered no later than the later of 21 days (or such longer period of time as the Company may
choose to make available in its sole discretion) following (i) the date of the Notice of Termination, or (ii) written request therefor by the Company, and in either case is not revoked by the Participant during the seven day period
following execution of the waiver. 
  

	5.	Income Continuation. 

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 6 of the Plan, upon termination of employment of a Participant, pursuant to Section 4
of the Plan, the Company shall pay to the Participant the sum of (x) and (y) where (x) equals the greater of the Participant’s annual base salary at the rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given and the guideline
amount of severance pay payable to the Participant on the Date of Termination under the Company’s severance pay policy as in effect at that time and (y) equals the Participant’s Annual Bonus (excluding performance stock/cash awards)
under the I.C. Plan based on the Participant’s annual base salary, in equal semi-monthly installments over a period of 12 months following the Date of Termination, on approximately the fifteenth and last days of each month (“Regular
Payroll Dates”, subject to Subsection (b) of this Section 5; provided that in the case of Notice of Termination given after a Change in Control, such 12 month period shall be extended to 24 months and such amount shall be
payable in a lump sum following the Date of Termination, subject to Subsection (b) of this Section 5. As used in this Section 5 of the Plan, “Annual Bonus” means the greater of (i) the annual target bonus under the I.C.
Plan attributable to the Participant or (ii) said annual target bonus times a fraction equivalent to the average percentage 

 

 5 

 
of said annual target bonus paid to said Participant for each of the two preceding fiscal years of the Company (or for such lesser period of time as such Participant participated in the I.C.
Plan). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if termination occurred for Good Reason as specified in Section 2(h)(iii) or 2(h)(vi) of this Plan, the termination payments provided in this Section 5(a) shall be calculated using the annual base
salary and Annual Bonus as in effect immediately before the reduction of such annual base salary or Annual Bonus. 
 (b)(i) In
the event that, prior to a Change in control, a Participant is terminated by the Company other than for Cause, the semi-monthly installments described in subsection (a) of this Section 5 of the Plan will commence on the first Regular
Payroll Date that is at least 30 or 60 days, as the Company shall prescribe in its sole discretion, after the Date of Termination, provided that the sum of all such monthly installments made during the first six months after the Date of Termination
shall not exceed the limit specified in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) (the “409A Limit”) (as of June 29, 2010, the lesser of two times the Participant’s annualized compensation for the preceding taxable
year and $490,000), and all remaining payments under subsection (a) of this Section 5 will be made as specified in subsection (b)(ii) below. In the event that, following a Change in Control, a Participant is terminated by the Company other
than for Cause, the portion of the lump sum payment specified in subsection (a) of this Section 5 that is up to the 409A Limit shall be paid on the thirtieth day following the Date of Termination, and the remaining portion of the payments
under subsection (a) of this Section 5 will be made as specified in subsection (b)(ii) below. 
 (ii) Except as set
forth in subsection (b)(i) above, all payments under subsection (a) of this Section 5 of the Plan shall commence on the first Regular Payroll Date of the Company that is more than 6 months after the Date of Termination. Payments that would
have been made during the six-month period following the Participant’s Date of Termination but for the Section 409A Limit shall be paid to the Participant on the first Regular Payroll Date that is more than six months after the Date of
Termination, without interest. 
 Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, (i) no payment
shall be made with respect to any period beyond the date of a Participant’s 65th birthday (including the portion of the lump sum payment described in Subsection (a) that relates to installment payments that would have been made after the
Participant attained age 65 if the Participant would have received installment payments rather than the lump sum payment), and (ii) there shall be deducted from any payments required hereunder (x) any payments made with respect to any
required notice period under any employment agreement between a Participant and the Company or one of its subsidiaries, (y) any payments received by the Participant under the Company’s Long Term Disability Plan or under any short term
disability plan or program of the Company during the period with respect to which income continuation is computed hereunder and (z) any severance payments or termination payments received by the Participant from the Company or any of its direct
or indirect subsidiaries required under the local laws of any country other than the United States. Payments that otherwise cannot be made to the Participant prior to the Participant’s
65th birthday as a result of the six-month delay described
in Subsection (b) of this section shall be paid to the Participant on the first business day of the seventh month after the Participant’s Date of Termination, without interest. 

 

 6 

 6. Competitive Employment. The Company, at its option, may discontinue any payments
being made to any Participant pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan if such Participant engages in the operation or management of any business anywhere in the world, whether as owner, stockholder, partner, officer, consultant, employee or
otherwise, which at such time is in competition with any business of the Company in any field with which such Participant was involved during the last two years of the Participant’s employment by the Company. Ownership by such Participant of
five percent or less of the shares of stock of any company listed on a national securities exchange or having at least 100 stockholders shall not make such Participant a “stockholder” within the meaning of that term as used in this
Section 6 of the Plan. 
 7. Maintenance of Other Benefit Plans. The Company shall maintain in full force and
effect, for the continued benefit of each Participant entitled to receive, or who received, payments pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan, for one year following the Participant’s Date of Termination, comprehensive medical and dental
insurance, group life insurance, financial planning and tax preparation and counseling services, and excess personal liability insurance (but not including disability coverage), on the same basis as such Participant participated immediately prior to
the Date of Termination; provided that if such Participant’s continued participation is not permitted under the general terms and provisions of such plans and programs or applicable law, the Company shall provide equivalent benefits.

 8. Outplacement. Subject to Section 6 of the Plan, upon termination of a Participant pursuant to Section 4
of the Plan, the Company shall, in addition to the payments provided for in Section 5 of the Plan, provide, for one year following the Participant’s Date of Termination or, if the Participant becomes employed by a new employer less than
one year after the Participant Date of Termination, until the Participant becomes so employed, the services of a reputable outplacement organization, including telephone and office expenses incurred in seeking new employment. 

9. No Mitigation. No Participant shall be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for under this Plan by seeking
other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment so provided for be reduced by any compensation earned by any Participant as the result of employment by another employer, by retirement benefits or by offset against any amount
claimed to be owed by the Participant to the Company. 
 10. Successors. The Company will require any successor (whether
direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company, by a written agreement, to expressly assume and agree to carry out the provisions of this Plan in the same
manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to carry them out if no such succession had occurred. 
 11.
Notice. Any notice expressly provided for under this Plan shall be in writing, shall be given either manually or by mail, telegram, telex, telefax or cable, and shall be deemed sufficiently given, if and when received by the Company at its
offices at 5 Garret Mountain Plaza, West Paterson, New Jersey 07424 Attention: Secretary, or by any Participant at the address on the records of the Company for such Participant, or if and when mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid,
return receipt requested, addressed to the Company or the Participant to be 
  

 7 

 
notified at such address. Either the Company or any Participant may, by notice to the other, change its address for receiving notices. 

12. Funding. All payments provided for under this Plan for Participants (including those who have retired) shall not be funded or
secured, and no trust shall be created hereunder. Payments under the Plan shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable upon the termination of a Participant’s employment within two years after a Change in Control, except for a termination where
the Participant would not be entitled to income continuation payments as provided in Section 4 of the Plan. 
  

	13.	Amendment and Termination. 

(a) The Executive Leadership Team may at any time or from time to time amend or terminate this Plan, including but not limited to the
reduction or termination after the termination of a Participant’s employment of any non-vested benefit hereunder; provided, however, that no such amendment or termination may adversely affect any vested benefits hereunder; and, provided
further, that after a Change in Control, this Plan may not be amended without the consent of all persons who were Participants as of the date of such Change in Control (including those who have retired). 

(b) In addition, no amendment or termination made within one year before a Change in Control and made while a Prospective Change in
Control is pending may adversely affect any benefit that might at any time be or become owing hereunder to a person who, immediately prior to the commencement of such Prospective Change in Control, was a Participant, without the consent of such
person (other than a benefit to any such person who is the person, or part of the group, making the offer, or negotiating to make the offer, which constitutes the Prospective Change in Control). As used herein, the term “Prospective Change in
Control” means (i) any offer presented, directly or indirectly, to the Board of Directors of the Company which, if consummated, would constitute a Change in Control or (ii) any negotiation with the Board of Directors or any committee
or representative thereof to make such an offer (including the unilateral announcement of the terms on which such an offer would be made). 

14. Claim and Appeal Procedure. This Section 14 of the Plan shall not apply after there has been a Change in Control.

 The Company shall appoint a person or persons to adjudicate claims and appeals under the Plan (the
“Administrator”). The Administrator shall provide adequate notice in writing to any Participant or to any beneficiary (the “Claimant”) whose claim for benefits under the Plan has been denied. The Administrator’s notice to
the Claimant shall set forth: 
 (a) The specific reason for the denial; 

(b) Specific references to pertinent Plan provisions upon which the Administrator based its denial; 

(c) A description of any additional material and information that is needed; 

 

 8 

 (d) That any appeal the Claimant wishes to make of the adverse determination must be in
writing to the Administrator within seventy-five (75) days after receipt of the Administrator’s notice of denial of benefits. The Administrator’s notice must further advise the Claimant that failure to appeal the action to the
Administrator in writing within the seventy-five (75) day period will render the Administrator’s determination final, binding and conclusive; and 

(e) The name and address to whom the Claimant may forward an appeal. 

If the Claimant should appeal to the Administrator, the Claimant, or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative, may submit, in
writing, whatever issues and comments the Claimant or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative feels are pertinent. The Claimant, or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative, may review pertinent Plan documents. The Administrator
shall re-examine all facts to the appeal and make a final determination as to whether the denial of benefits is justified under the circumstances. The Administrator shall advise the Claimant of its decision within sixty (60) days of the
Claimant’s written request for review, unless special circumstances (such as a hearing) would make the rendering of a decision within the sixty (60) day limit unfeasible, but in no event shall the Administrator render a decision respecting
a denial for a claim of benefits later than one hundred twenty (120) days after its receipt of a request for review. The Administrator’s notice to the Claimant shall set forth: 

(i) The specific reason for the denial; 

(ii) Specific references to pertinent Plan provisions upon which the Administrator based its denial; 

(iii) A statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all
documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim; and 
 (iv) A statement that the Claimant has a
right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA. 
 15. Governing Law. This Plan, and the rights and
obligations of the Company and the Participants hereunder, shall be construed and governed in accordance with the law of the State of New Jersey. 

16. Partial Invalidity. If any provision of this Plan is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or
unenforceability shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Plan, which shall remain in effect in accordance with its terms. 

*        *        * 

 

					
			
	/s/ Marilyn R. Charles	 		 	06/29/2010
	MARILYN R. CHARLES	 		 	DATE      

  

 9Indenture

 EXHIBIT 4.1 

 
  

CROWN EUROPEAN HOLDINGS SA 

as Issuer 
 the
Guarantors named herein 
 and 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON 

as Trustee 
  

 
 INDENTURE

 Dated as of July 28, 2010 
  

 

7 
1/8% Senior Notes due 2018 
  

 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 

 

					
	 TIA

Section
	 	 Indenture

Section

			
	310	 	(a)(1)	 	7.10
		 	(a)(2)	 	7.10
		 	(a)(3)	 	N.A.
		 	(a)(4)	 	N.A.
		 	(a)(5)	 	N.A.
		 	(b)	 	7.08; 7.10; 11.02
		 	(b)(1)	 	7.10
		 	(c)	 	N.A.
	311	 	(a)	 	7.11
		 	(b)	 	7.11
		 	(c)	 	N.A.
	312	 	(a)	 	2.06
		 	(b)	 	11.03
		 	(c)	 	11.03
	313	 	(a)	 	7.06
		 	(b)(1)	 	N.A.
		 	(b)(2)	 	7.06
		 	(c)	 	7.06; 11.02
		 	(d)	 	7.06
	314	 	(a)	 	4.06; 4.16; 11.02
		 	(b)	 	N.A.
		 	(c)(1)	 	11.04
		 	(c)(2)	 	11.04
		 	(c)(3)	 	N.A.
		 	(d)	 	N.A.
		 	(e)	 	11.05
		 	(f)	 	N.A.
	315	 	(a)	 	7.01(b)
		 	(b)	 	7.05; 11.02
		 	(c)	 	7.01(a)
		 	(d)	 	7.01(c)
		 	(e)	 	6.12
	316	 	(a) (last sentence)	 	2.10
		 	(a)(1)(A)	 	6.05
		 	(a)(1)(B)	 	6.04
		 	(a)(2)	 	N.A.
		 	(b)	 	6.08
		 	(c)	 	8.04
	317	 	(a)(1)	 	6.09
		 	(a)(2)	 	6.10
		 	(b)	 	2.05; 7.12
	318	 	(a)	 	11.01

  

N.A. means Not Applicable 
  

	Note:	This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of this Indenture 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
		
	ARTICLE ONE	  	
		
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  	
			
	SECTION 1.01.	  	Definitions.	  	1
	SECTION 1.02.	  	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.	  	36
	SECTION 1.03.	  	Rules of Construction.	  	36
		
	ARTICLE TWO	  	
		
	THE SECURITIES	  	
			
	SECTION 2.01.	  	Amount of Notes.	  	37
	SECTION 2.02.	  	Form and Dating; Legends.	  	37
	SECTION 2.03.	  	Execution and Authentication.	  	38
	SECTION 2.04.	  	Registrar and Paying Agent.	  	39
	SECTION 2.05.	  	Paying Agent To Hold Money.	  	39
	SECTION 2.06.	  	Noteholder Lists.	  	40
	SECTION 2.07.	  	Transfer and Exchange.	  	40
	SECTION 2.08.	  	Replacement Notes.	  	41
	SECTION 2.09.	  	Outstanding Notes.	  	41
	SECTION 2.10.	  	Treasury Notes.	  	42
	SECTION 2.11.	  	Temporary Notes.	  	42
	SECTION 2.12.	  	Cancellation.	  	42
	SECTION 2.13.	  	Defaulted Interest.	  	42
	SECTION 2.14.	  	CUSIP, ISIN and Common Code Numbers.	  	43
	SECTION 2.15.	  	Deposit of Moneys.	  	43
	SECTION 2.16.	  	Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes.	  	43
	SECTION 2.17.	  	Transfer and Exchange of Notes.	  	45
	SECTION 2.18.	  	Computation of Interest.	  	52
		
	ARTICLE THREE	  	
		
	REDEMPTION	  	
			
	SECTION 3.01.	  	Election To Redeem; Notices to Trustee.	  	52
	SECTION 3.02.	  	Selection by Trustee of Notes To Be Redeemed.	  	53
	SECTION 3.03.	  	Notice of Redemption.	  	53
	SECTION 3.04.	  	Effect of Notice of Redemption.	  	54
	SECTION 3.05.	  	Deposit of Redemption Price.	  	54

  

 -i- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
			
	SECTION 3.06.	  	Notes Redeemed in Part.	  	55
		
	ARTICLE FOUR	  	
		
	COVENANTS	  	
			
	SECTION 4.01.	  	Payment of Notes.	  	55
	SECTION 4.02.	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency.	  	55
	SECTION 4.03.	  	Legal Existence.	  	56
	SECTION 4.04.	  	Compliance with Law.	  	56
	SECTION 4.05.	  	Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.	  	57
	SECTION 4.06.	  	Compliance Certificate.	  	57
	SECTION 4.07.	  	Taxes.	  	57
	SECTION 4.08.	  	Repurchase at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control.	  	58
	SECTION 4.09.	  	Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.	  	60
	SECTION 4.10.	  	Limitation on Restricted Payments.	  	64
	SECTION 4.11.	  	Limitation on Liens.	  	69
	SECTION 4.12.	  	Limitation on Asset Sales.	  	71
	SECTION 4.13.	  	Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.	  	75
	SECTION 4.14.	  	Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.	  	77
	SECTION 4.15.	  	Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions.	  	79
	SECTION 4.16.	  	Reports to Holders.	  	80
	SECTION 4.17.	  	Limitation on Creation of Subsidiaries.	  	81
	SECTION 4.18.	  	Termination of Certain Covenants in Event of Investment Grade Rating.	  	81
	SECTION 4.19.	  	Maintenance of Listing.	  	82
	SECTION 4.20.	  	Payment of Additional Amounts.	  	82
		
	ARTICLE FIVE	  	
		
	SUCCESSOR CORPORATION	  	
			
	SECTION 5.01.	  	Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets.	  	85
	SECTION 5.02.	  	Successor Person Substituted.	  	87
		
	ARTICLE SIX	  	
		
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  	
			
	SECTION 6.01.	  	Events of Default.	  	88
	SECTION 6.02.	  	Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission.	  	90

  

 -ii- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
			
	SECTION 6.03.	  	Other Remedies.	  	90
	SECTION 6.04.	  	Waiver of Existing Defaults and Events of Default.	  	91
	SECTION 6.05.	  	Control by Majority.	  	91
	SECTION 6.06.	  	Limitation on Suits.	  	92
	SECTION 6.07.	  	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.	  	92
	SECTION 6.08.	  	Rights of Holders To Receive Payment.	  	93
	SECTION 6.09.	  	Collection Suit by Trustee.	  	93
	SECTION 6.10.	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.	  	93
	SECTION 6.11.	  	Priorities.	  	94
	SECTION 6.12.	  	Undertaking for Costs.	  	94
		
	ARTICLE SEVEN	  	
		
	TRUSTEE	  	
			
	SECTION 7.01.	  	Duties of Trustee.	  	94
	SECTION 7.02.	  	Rights of Trustee.	  	96
	SECTION 7.03.	  	Individual Rights of Trustee.	  	98
	SECTION 7.04.	  	Trustee’s Disclaimer.	  	98
	SECTION 7.05.	  	Notice of Defaults.	  	98
	SECTION 7.06.	  	Reports by Trustee to Holders.	  	99
	SECTION 7.07.	  	Compensation and Indemnity.	  	99
	SECTION 7.08.	  	Replacement of Trustee.	  	101
	SECTION 7.09.	  	Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger, etc.	  	101
	SECTION 7.10.	  	Eligibility; Disqualification.	  	102
	SECTION 7.11.	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer.	  	102
	SECTION 7.12.	  	Paying Agents.	  	102
	SECTION 7.13.	  	Communications.	  	102
		
	ARTICLE EIGHT	  	
		
	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	  	
			
	SECTION 8.01.	  	Without Consent of Noteholders.	  	103
	SECTION 8.02.	  	With Consent of Noteholders.	  	104
	SECTION 8.03.	  	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.	  	105
	SECTION 8.04.	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents.	  	106
	SECTION 8.05.	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes.	  	106
	SECTION 8.06.	  	Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc.	  	106

  

 -iii- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	
	ARTICLE NINE
		
	DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE	  	
			
	SECTION 9.01.	  	Discharge of Indenture.	  	107
	SECTION 9.02.	  	Legal Defeasance.	  	108
	SECTION 9.03.	  	Covenant Defeasance.	  	109
	SECTION 9.04.	  	Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.	  	109
	SECTION 9.05.	  	Deposited Money and EU Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust.	  	111
	SECTION 9.06.	  	Reinstatement.	  	111
	SECTION 9.07.	  	Moneys Held by Paying Agent.	  	112
	SECTION 9.08.	  	Moneys Held by Trustee.	  	112
		
	ARTICLE TEN	  	
		
	GUARANTEE OF SECURITIES	  	
			
	SECTION 10.01.	  	Guarantee.	  	113
	SECTION 10.02.	  	Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee.	  	114
	SECTION 10.03.	  	Release of Guarantors.	  	114
	SECTION 10.04.	  	Waiver of Subrogation.	  	116
	SECTION 10.05.	  	Notice to Trustee.	  	116
	SECTION 10.06.	  	Limitation on Guarantor’s Liability.	  	117
		
	ARTICLE ELEVEN	  	
		
	MISCELLANEOUS	  	
			
	SECTION 11.01.	  	Trust Indenture Act Controls.	  	120
	SECTION 11.02.	  	Notices.	  	120
	SECTION 11.03.	  	Communications by Holders with Other Holders.	  	122
	SECTION 11.04.	  	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.	  	122
	SECTION 11.05.	  	Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion.	  	123
	SECTION 11.06.	  	Rules by Trustee and Agents.	  	123
	SECTION 11.07.	  	Business Days; Legal Holidays.	  	123
	SECTION 11.08.	  	Governing Law.	  	124
	SECTION 11.09.	  	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.	  	124
	SECTION 11.10.	  	Successors.	  	124
	SECTION 11.11.	  	Multiple Counterparts.	  	124
	SECTION 11.12.	  	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	124
	SECTION 11.13.	  	Separability.	  	124
	SECTION 11.14.	  	Waiver of Jury Trial.	  	124

  

 -iv- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
			
	SECTION 11.15.	  	Force Majeure.	  	125
	SECTION 11.16.	  	Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities.	  	125
	SECTION 11.17.	  	Currency of Account; Conversion of Currency; Foreign Exchange Restrictions.	  	126
	SIGNATURES	  		  	S-1
		
	EXHIBITS	  	
			
	Exhibit A-1.	  	Form of Restricted Note	  	A-1-1
	Exhibit A-2.	  	Form of Unrestricted Note	  	A-2-1
	Exhibit B.	  	Form of Private Placement Legend	  	B-1
	Exhibit C.	  	Form of Legend for Global Note	  	C-1
	Exhibit D.	  	Form of OID Legend	  	D-1
	Exhibit E.	  	Form of Temporary Regulation S Legend	  	E-1
	Exhibit F.	  	Form of Certificate of Transfer	  	F-1
	Exhibit G.	  	Form of Certificate of Exchange	  	G-1
	Exhibit H.	  	Form of Certificate from Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investor	  	H-1
	Exhibit I.	  	Form of Note Guarantee	  	I-1

  

 -v- 

 INDENTURE, dated as of July 28, 2010 among Crown European Holdings SA, a French
société anonyme (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors (as defined) and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

 ARTICLE ONE 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 

SECTION 1.01. Definitions. 

“Accounts Receivable Entity” means a Subsidiary of Parent or any other Person in which Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary
of Parent makes an Investment: 
 (1) that is formed solely for the purpose of, and that engages in no activities
other than activities in connection with, financing accounts receivable; 
 (2) that is designated by the Board
of Directors of Parent as an Accounts Receivable Entity pursuant to a Board of Directors’ resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate (upon which the Trustee shall have no liability in relying) and delivered to the Trustee;

 (3) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligation (contingent or otherwise) of which (a) is at
any time Guaranteed by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (excluding Guarantees of obligations (other than any Guarantee of Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (b) is at any time recourse to or obligates
Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent in any way, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (c) subjects any asset of Parent or any other Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, directly or indirectly, contingently or
otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings (such Indebtedness, “Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Entity Indebtedness”); 

(4) with which neither Parent nor any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or
understanding other than contracts, agreements, arrangements and understandings entered into in the ordinary course of business on terms no less favorable to Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from
Persons that are not Affiliates of Parent in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction and fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable in connection with such a Qualified Receivables
Transaction; and 

 (5) with respect to which neither Parent nor any Restricted Subsidiary of
Parent has any obligation to maintain or preserve the solvency or any balance sheet term, financial condition, level of income or results of operations thereof. 

“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person merges with or into or becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person; and 

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 

“Additional Amounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.20. 

“Additional Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01. 

“Adjusted Net Assets” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06. 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under
direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control
with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
agreement or otherwise. No Person (other than Parent or any Subsidiary of Parent) in whom an Accounts Receivable Entity makes an Investment in connection with a financing of accounts receivable will be deemed to be an Affiliate of Parent or any of
its Subsidiaries solely by reason of such Investment. 
 “Affiliate Transaction” has the meaning set forth in
Section 4.14. 
 “Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent, or agent for service or notices and demands.

 “Agent Members” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16. 

“amend” means to amend, supplement, restate, amend and restate or otherwise modify; and “amendment”
shall have a correlative meaning. 
 “asset” means any asset or property, whether real, personal or mixed,
tangible or intangible. 
  

 -2- 

 “Asset Sale” means: 

(1) the Transfer by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent of any property or assets (provided that the
Transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Parent, Crown or the Issuer and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will be governed by the applicable provisions of Article Five and not by the provisions of
Section 4.12); and 
 (2) the issue or sale by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity
Interests of any of Parent’s Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following will not be deemed to
be Asset Sales: 
 (1) sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business; 

(2) sales of accounts receivable to the Accounts Receivable Entity pursuant to a Qualified Receivables Transaction for the
Fair Market Value thereof, including cash in an amount at least equal to 75% of the Fair Market Value thereof; 

(3) any transfer of accounts receivable, or a fractional undivided interest therein, by an Accounts Receivable Entity in a
Qualified Receivables Transaction; 
 (4) any Transfer of assets (including, without limitation, Equity Interests
of any Subsidiary) in a single transaction or a series of related transactions for which Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries receive aggregate consideration or which assets have a Fair Market Value of less than $25,000,000; 

(5) a Transfer of assets by Parent to a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (or to a Person that becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary of Parent upon the consummation of such Transfer) or by a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent to Parent or to another Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (or to a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent upon the consummation of such
Transfer); 
 (6) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent to Parent or to another
Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (7) a Restricted Payment that is permitted by Section 4.10 or any Permitted
Investment; 
 (8) the sale or disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; 

(9) any exchange of like property pursuant to Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

  

 -3- 

 (10) the creation of Liens otherwise permitted under this Indenture,
including, without limitation, a pledge of assets otherwise permitted by this Indenture; 
 (11) the grant in the
ordinary course of business of any non-exclusive license of patents, trademarks, registrations thereof and other similar intellectual property; 

(12) the sale or disposition of obsolete, damaged or worn out assets or assets no longer used or useful, in each case in
the ordinary course of business; and 
 (13) the Transfer of property or assets (including any Sale and Leaseback
Transaction) the aggregate Fair Market Value of which assets, when taken together with the Fair Market Value of all other property or assets Transferred in reliance on this clause (13) (in each case measured on the date of such Transfer without
giving effect to subsequent changes in value) does not exceed 3.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the end of the most recent quarter ended prior to the date of such Transfer; provided that each such Transfer complies with subclauses (a)(1) and
(a)(2) of Section 4.12 as if such Transfer were an Asset Sale. 
 “Asset Sale Offer” has the meaning set
forth in Section 4.12. 
 “Asset Sale Offer Payment Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.

 “Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12. 

“Attributable Debt” in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, at the time of determination, the present
value (discounted at the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP) of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback
Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended). 
 “Authorized Person” means any
person who is designated in writing by the Issuer from time to time to give Instructions to the Trustee or Agent under the terms of this Indenture. 

“Bank Agents” means the Persons acting as the duly authorized representatives of the Lenders pursuant to the Existing
Credit Facility. 
 “Base Currency” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.17 

“Belgian Guarantor” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06. 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, or any similar federal, state, local or foreign
law for the relief of debtors, and shall include in respect of each of the Issuer and the French Guarantors, provisions of Livre Sixième, Des difficultés des entreprises of the French Code de Commerce. 

 

 -4- 

 “Board of Directors” means, with respect to any Person, the board of
directors or comparable governing body of such Person. 
 “Bund Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time
of computation of direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany (Bund or Bundesanleihen) with a constant maturity (as officially complied and published in the most recent financial statistics that have become publicly available
at least two business days (but not more than five business days) prior to the redemption date (or, if such financial statistics are not so published or available, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Issuer in good
faith)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to August 15, 2014; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to August 15, 2014 is not equal to the constant maturity of the direct
obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany for which a weekly average yield is given, the Bund Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of direct obligations
of the Federal Republic of Germany for which such yields are given, except that if the period from such redemption date to August 15, 2014 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded direct obligations of the Federal
Republic of Germany adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 
 “Business Day” has the
meaning set forth in Section 11.07. 
 “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination
thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be so required to be capitalized on the balance sheet in accordance with GAAP. 

“Capital Stock” means: 

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; and 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability
company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited). 
 “Cash Equivalents” means:

 (1) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or
any member state of the European Union (as it 
  

 -5- 

 
exists on the Issue Date) or issued by any agency or instrumentality thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America or such member state of the European Union, in
each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof; 
 (2) marketable direct obligations
issued by any State of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such State or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the
two highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s; 
 (3) commercial paper maturing no more than
one year from the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s; 

(4) time deposits, demand deposits, certificates of deposit, Eurodollar time deposits or bankers’ acceptances
maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof or overnight bank deposits, in each case, issued by any bank organized under the laws of any member state of the European Union (as it exists on the Issue Date), the United States of
America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia or any U.S. branch of a foreign bank having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000; 

(5) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 90 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause
(1) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above; and 

(6) investments in money market funds which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in
clauses (1) through (5) above. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 (1) any Transfer (other than by way of merger or consolidation) of all or substantially all of the assets of
Parent and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) or “group” (as defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than any Transfer to Parent
or one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of Parent or any Transfer to one or more Permitted Holders; 
 (2) the
adoption of a plan for the liquidation or dissolution of Parent or the Issuer (other than in a transaction that complies with Article Five); 
  

 -6- 

 (3) the consummation of any transaction or series of related transactions
(including, without limitation, by way of merger or consolidation), the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above) or “group” (as defined above), other than one or more Permitted Holders, becomes, directly or
indirectly, the “beneficial owner” (as defined above) of more than 50% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of Parent; 

(4) during any consecutive two-year period, the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of
Parent who were members of the Board of Directors of Parent at the beginning of such period are not Continuing Directors; or 

(5) the first day on which Parent fails to own, either directly or indirectly through one or more Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiaries, 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of Crown or the Issuer. 
 “Change of Control
Offer” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.08. 
 “Change of Control Payment” has the meaning
set forth in Section 4.08. 
 “Change of Control Payment Date” has the meaning set forth in
Section 4.08. 
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A. 

“Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Common Depositary” means The Bank of New York Mellon, as common depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream or another
Person designated as common depositary by the Issuer, which Person must be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act. 

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and
its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, plus, to the extent deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income: 

(1) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period;

 (2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period; 

(3) depreciation and amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles) and all other non-cash
charges (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period; and 
  

 -7- 

 (4) any non-recurring restructuring charges or expenses of such Person and
its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, 
 in each case, on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash charges and non-recurring restructuring charges or expenses of, a Restricted Subsidiary of a Person shall be added to
Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income or loss of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such Person. 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the interest expense of such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP (including amortization of original issue discount and deferred financing costs, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of all
payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, capitalized interest, net payments, if any, pursuant to Hedging Obligations and imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt). 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the net income of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that: 

(1) the net income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity
method of accounting shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid to the referent Person or (subject to clause (4) below) a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in cash; 

(2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded; 

(3) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or
payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that net income is not permitted, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, law, statute,
rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders; 
 (4) in the case
of a successor to such Person by consolidation or merger or as a transferee of such Person’s assets, any earnings of the successor corporation prior to such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets shall be excluded; 

 

 -8- 

 (5) any net gain or loss resulting from an Asset Sale by the Person in
question or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than in the ordinary course of business shall be excluded; 

(6) extraordinary gains and losses shall be excluded; 

(7) any fees, charges, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Financing Transaction shall be excluded; and

 (8) (a) the amount of any write-off of deferred financing costs or of indebtedness issuance costs and the
amount of charges related to any premium paid in connection with repurchasing or refinancing indebtedness shall be excluded and (b) all non-recurring expenses and charges relating to such repurchase or refinancing of indebtedness or relating to
any incurrence of indebtedness, in each case, whether or not such transaction is consummated, shall be excluded. 

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the aggregate amount of assets (less applicable reserves and other properly
deductible items) after deducting therefrom (a) all current liabilities and (b) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense (to the extent included in said aggregate amount of assets) and other
like intangibles, all as set forth in the most recent consolidated balance sheet of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. 

“Consolidated Tangible Assets” means the aggregate amount of assets (less applicable reserves and other properly
deductible items) after deducting therefrom all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense (to the extent included in said aggregate amount of assets) and other like intangibles, all as set forth in the most
recent consolidated balance sheet of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and computed in accordance with GAAP. Consolidated Tangible Assets shall be calculated after giving effect to the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate
Consolidated Tangible Assets. 
 “Constar” means Constar International Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its
successors and assigns. 
 “Constar Agreements” means each of the agreements entered into between Crown and
Constar in connection with its initial public offering, as such agreements are in effect on the Issue Date. 

“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the relevant
Person who: 
 (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date; or 

 

 -9- 

 (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with
the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election. 

“Corporate Trust Office” means, solely for purposes of presenting the Notes for payment, The Bank of New York Mellon, as
agent, located at One Canada Square, London, E14 5AL and, for all other purposes the office of the Trustee at which any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which at the date hereof is located at the address listed in
Section 11.02, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may
designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer). 
 “Covenant Defeasance” has the meaning
set forth in Section 9.03. 
 “Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities (including, without
limitation, the Existing Credit Facility) or commercial paper facilities or capital markets financings, in each case with banks or other lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes or letters of credit, in each case as any such
agreement may be amended or refinanced, including any agreement(s) extending the maturity of or refinancing (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted by
Section 4.09) or adding Parent or Subsidiaries of Parent as borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement(s) or any successor or replacement agreement and whether by the same or any other agent,
lender or group of lenders or creditor or group of creditors. 
 “Crown” means Crown Cork & Seal
Company, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, until a successor replaces such party pursuant to Article Five of this Indenture. 

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of
Default. 
 “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received
by the Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal
financial officer of the Parent, less the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection of such Designated Non-cash Consideration. 

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is
convertible or for which it is exchangeable, except to the extent such Capital Stock is exchangeable into Indebtedness at the option of the issuer thereof and only subject to the terms of any debt instrument to which such issuer is a party), or upon

  

 -10- 

 
the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, or
convertible or exchangeable into Indebtedness on or prior to the Maturity Date of the Notes; provided, however, that any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require
Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Parent or such Restricted
Subsidiary may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.10. 

“Domestic Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary which is organized under the laws of the United States or any State
thereof or the District of Columbia. 
 “Dutch Guarantor” means Crown Verpakking Nederland B.V., with corporate
seat in Hoorn, the Netherlands. 
 “Election Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11. 

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding
any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
 “Equity Offering” means any
public or private sale of common stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent (other than public offerings pursuant to Form S-8 or otherwise relating to Equity Interests issuable under any employee benefit plan of Parent). 

“EU Government Obligations” means marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, any member
state of the European Union (as it exists on the Issue Date) or issued by any agency or instrumentality thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of such member state of the European Union that, in each case, mature within one year from the
date of acquisition thereof and are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof. 
 “Euro Currency
Equivalent” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than Euros, at any time for the determination thereof, the amount of Euros obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into Euros at
the spot rate for the purchase of Euros with the applicable foreign currency as quoted by Reuters at approximately 10:00 A.M. (New York time) on the date not more than two Business Days prior to such determination. 

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. 

“Event of Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01. 

 

 -11- 

 “Excess Proceeds” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.

 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the
Commission promulgated thereunder. 
 “Exempted Indebtedness” means as of any particular time the sum of
(i) all then-outstanding Indebtedness of Parent and Principal Properties Subsidiaries incurred after the Issue Date and secured by any mortgage, security interest, pledge or lien other than those permitted by clause (b) of
Section 4.11, and (ii) all Attributable Debt with respect to Post Termination Date Sale and Leaseback Transactions entered into by Parent and Principal Properties Subsidiaries after the Issue Date other than those permitted by clause
(b) of Section 4.15. 
 “Existing Credit Facility” means the Credit Agreement dated as of
November 18, 2005 as amended on August 4, 2006, as such agreement may be amended or refinanced, including any agreement(s) extending the maturity of or refinancing (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder
(provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted by Section 4.09) or adding Parent or Subsidiaries of Parent as borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement(s) or any successor or
replacement agreement(s) and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders or creditor or group of creditors. 

“Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date
after giving effect to the intended use of proceeds from the issuance of the Notes (other than amounts outstanding under the Existing Credit Facility). 

“Existing Secured Notes” means to the extent outstanding on the Issue Date €460,000,000
aggregate principal amount of 6 1/4% First Priority
Senior Secured Notes due 2011 of the Issuer issued under the indenture dated as of September 1, 2004 among the Issuer, the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as trustee. 

“Existing Unsecured Notes” means each of the following to the extent outstanding on the Issue Date: 

(1) $350,000,000 original principal amount of
7 3/8% Debentures due 2026 of Crown issued under the
1996 Indenture; and 
 (2) $150,000,000 original principal amount of
7 1/2% Debentures due 2096 of Crown issued under the
1996 Indenture. 
 “Existing Unsecured Notes Principal Properties Subsidiary” means a “Restricted
Subsidiary” as defined under the 1996 Indenture as in effect on the Issue Date. 
  

 -12- 

 “Existing Unsecured Notes Principal Property” means any single
manufacturing or processing plant or warehouse (excluding any equipment or personalty located therein), other than any such plant or warehouse or portion thereof that the Board of Directors of Crown reasonably determines is not of material
importance to the business conducted by Crown and its subsidiaries as an entirety. 
 “Fair Market Value”
means, with respect to any asset, the price (after taking into account any liabilities relating to such asset) that would be negotiated in an arm’s-length transaction for cash between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of
which is under any compulsion to complete the transaction, as such price is determined in good faith by management of Parent or by the Board of Directors of Parent or a duly authorized committee thereof. 

“Financing Transaction” means issuance of the Notes issued on the Issue Date and the application of the net proceeds
thereof as described in the Offering Memorandum. 
 “First Priority Notes Issue Date” means September 1,
2004. 
 “Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Issuer, which at the date hereof ends on December 31.

 “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” as of any date of determination means the ratio of (a) the aggregate
amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available to (b) Fixed Charges for such four fiscal quarters; provided that: 

(1) if Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent has (y) incurred any Indebtedness or issued Preferred Stock
since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is an incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Preferred Stock or
both, Consolidated EBITDA and Fixed Charges for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (and the application of the proceeds thereof) as if the incurrence of such
Indebtedness or issuance of such Preferred Stock (and the application of the proceeds thereof) had occurred on the first day of such period or (z) repaid, retired, repurchased or redeemed any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of Parent or any
Restricted Subsidiary of Parent since the beginning of such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Fixed Charges for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to the repayment, retirement, repurchase or redemption of
such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock as if such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock had been repaid, retired, repurchased or redeemed on the first day of such period (except that, in the case of Indebtedness used to finance working capital needs
incurred under a revolving credit facility or similar arrangement, the amount thereof shall be deemed to be the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarter period); 

 

 -13- 

 (2) if since the beginning of such period Parent or any Restricted
Subsidiary of Parent shall have Transferred any assets outside the ordinary course of business, the Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the assets
which are the subject of such Transfer for such period, or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto for such period, and Fixed Charges for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to
the Fixed Charges directly attributable to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent repaid, repurchased, defeased, assumed by a third person (to the extent Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries are no
longer liable for such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock) or otherwise discharged with respect to Parent and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Transfer for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary
of Parent is sold, the Fixed Charges for such period directly attributable to the Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent Parent and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such
Indebtedness or Preferred Stock after such sale); 
 (3) if since the beginning of such period Parent or any
Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (by merger or otherwise) shall have made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (or any Person which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent) or an acquisition of assets, which acquisition constitutes
all or substantially all of an operating unit of a business, including any such Investment or acquisition occurring in connection with a transaction requiring a calculation to be made hereunder, Consolidated EBITDA and Fixed Charges for such period
shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the incurrence of any Indebtedness or issuance of Preferred Stock) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; 

(4) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent or was
merged with or into Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Transfer of assets outside the ordinary course of business, any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an
adjustment pursuant to clause (2) or clause (3) above if made by Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent during such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Fixed Charges for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect
thereto as if such Transfer, Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and 
  

 -14- 

 (5) if during the beginning of such period Parent or any Restricted
Subsidiary of Parent shall have identified any operations as discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, the Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive)
directly attributable to such discontinued operations or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto. 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Investment, acquisition or Transfer of assets,
the amount of income, earnings or expense relating thereto and the amount of Fixed Charges associated with any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock incurred in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations shall be prepared in accordance with
Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of
determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligations have a remaining term in excess of 12 months). 

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of: 

(1) the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period; 

(2) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is (a) Guaranteed by the referent Person or one of
its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such Guarantee is called upon) or (b) secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such Lien is called upon); provided that with respect to
clause (2)(b), the amount of Indebtedness (and attributable interest expense) shall be equal to the lesser of (x) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by the assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries and
(y) the Fair Market Value of the assets securing such Indebtedness; and 
 (3) the product of (a) all
cash dividend payments (and non-cash dividend payments in the case of a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary) on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of
which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP. 

“French Guarantor” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06. 

“Funded Debt” means any indebtedness of Parent or any Principal Properties Subsidiary for borrowed money having a
maturity of more than 12 months from the date such indebtedness was incurred or having a maturity of less than 12 months but by its terms being renewable or extendable beyond 12 months from the date such indebtedness was incurred at the option of
the obligor. 
  

 -15- 

 “Future Guarantor” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06.

 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the
Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant
segment of the accounting profession of the United States, which are in effect on the 2003 Secured Notes Issue Date. 

“German Guarantor” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06. 

“Global Note Legend” means the legend substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C. 

“Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16. 

“Guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course
of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, through letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness. “Guarantee” when used as a verb shall have
a corresponding meaning. 
 “Guarantor” means: 

(1) Parent; 

(2) each Restricted Subsidiary that executes and delivers a Note Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.17; and 

(3) each Restricted Subsidiary that otherwise executes and delivers a Note Guarantee, 

in each case, until such time as such Person is released from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. 

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under: 

(1) any interest rate protection agreements including, without limitation, interest rate swap agreements, interest rate
cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements; 
  

 -16- 

 (2) any foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements or other
agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates or foreign exchange rates; 

(3) any commodity futures contract, commodity option or other similar arrangement or agreement designed to protect such
Person against fluctuations in the prices of commodities; and 
 (4) indemnity agreements and arrangements
entered into in connection with the agreements and arrangements described in clauses (1), (2) and (3). 

“Holder” or “Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s
books. 
 “incur” means, with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), to create, incur, issue,
assume, Guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable for or with respect to, or become responsible for, the payment of such Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt). The term “incurrence” has a corresponding meaning.

 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication, and whether or not contingent:

 (1) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of assets or
services or which is evidenced by a note, bond, debenture or similar instrument (but excluding trade accounts payable and other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business), to the extent it would appear as a liability upon a
balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
 (2) all Capital Lease Obligations of such
Person; 
 (3) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued
or created for the account of such Person other than obligations with regard to letters of credit securing obligations (other than obligations of the type described in clause (1) above) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such
Person to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the tenth Business Day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement following payment on
the letter of credit; 
 (4) net obligations of such Person under Hedging Obligations if and to the extent such
would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
  

 -17- 

 (5) all Disqualified Stock issued by such Person, valued at the greater of
its voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price; 
 (6) all Attributable Debt of such Person;

 (7) to the extent not otherwise included, any Guarantee by such Person of any other Person’s indebtedness
or other obligations described in clauses (1) through (6) above; and 
 (8) all Indebtedness of the
type described in clauses (1) through (7) above of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser
of (x) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination and (y) the amount of such Indebtedness. 
 For purposes
hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock as if such Disqualified Stock were purchased on
any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by the Fair Market Value of, such Disqualified Stock, such Fair Market Value is to be determined in good faith
by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Stock. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability,
upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations as described above at such date; provided that the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount
shall be deemed to be the face amount of such Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Indebtedness at such time as determined in conformity with GAAP. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Standard
Securitization Undertakings shall not constitute Indebtedness, and take-or-pay obligations contained in supply agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business shall not constitute Indebtedness. 

“Indenture” means this Indenture as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time. 

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking or consulting firm of national
reputation in the United States: 
 (1) which does not, and whose directors, officers and employees or Affiliates
do not, have a direct or indirect financial interest in Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; and 
  

 -18- 

 (2) which, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of Parent, is otherwise
independent and qualified to perform the task for which it is to be engaged. 
 “Initial Purchasers” means
Merrill Lynch International, Barclays Bank PLC, BNP Paribas, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, HSBC Bank plc, Banco Santander,
S.A., Scotia Capital Inc. and UBS Limited. 
 “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is
an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act. 

“Instructions” means any written notices, written directions or written instructions received by the Trustee or the
Agent in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture from an Authorized Person or from a person reasonably believed by the Trustee or the Agent to be an Authorized Person. 

“Interest Payment Date” means the stated maturity of an installment of interest on the Notes. 

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or
the equivalent) by S&P or the equivalent rating by any Successor Rating Agency. 
 “Investments” means,
with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of direct or indirect loans (including Guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding
commission, travel, moving and similar advances to officers, directors and employees and advances to customers, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity
Interests or other securities, together with all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that an acquisition of assets, Equity Interests or other securities by
Parent for consideration consisting of common equity securities of Parent shall not be deemed to be an Investment. If Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect
Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent issues Equity Interests, such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, Parent shall be deemed to
have made an Investment on the date of any such sale, disposition or issuance equal to the Fair Market Value of the Equity Interests of such Person held by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary immediately following any such sale, disposition or
issuance. 
 “Issue Date” means July 28, 2010, the date on which Notes are first issued under this
Indenture. 
  

 -19- 

 “Issuer” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the preamble to this
Indenture. 
 “Judgment Currency” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.17. 

“Legal Defeasance” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02. 

“Legal Holiday” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.07. 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt, debenture, lien, pledge,
charge, security interest, hypothecation or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in
the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction). 

“Losses” means any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, costs, expenses and judgments (including legal fees and
expenses) sustained by either party. 
 “Luxembourg Paying Agent” has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.04. 
 “Make-Whole Premium” means with respect to a Note at any Make-Whole Redemption Date, an
amount equal to the greater of (i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note and (ii) the excess of (x) the present value of the sum of the principal amount and premium, if any, that would be payable on such Note on August 15,
2014 and all remaining interest payments to and including August 15, 2014 (but excluding any interest accrued to the Make-Whole Redemption Date), discounted on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months)
from August 15, 2014 to the Make-Whole Redemption Date at a per annum interest rate equal to the Bund Rate on such Make-Whole Redemption Date plus 0.50%, over (y) the outstanding principal amount of such Note. 

“Make-Whole Redemption” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 5 of the Notes. 

“Make-Whole Redemption Date” means with respect to a Make-Whole Redemption, the date such Make-Whole Redemption is
effectuated. 
 “Maturity Date” when used with respect to any Note, means the date on which the principal
amount of such Note becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided. 
 “Minority Equity Interest” means
any Equity Interest in any Person engaged in a line of business which is complementary, reasonably related, ancillary or useful to any business in which Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries is then engaged, where such Equity Interest constitutes
less than 50% of all Equity Interests issued and outstanding of such Person. 
  

 -20- 

 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its
successors. 
 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of (i) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale
(including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commission and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof), (ii) taxes paid or payable as a result thereof, (iii) amounts required to be
applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien which is permitted under this Indenture on the asset or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale and (iv) any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or
assets established in accordance with GAAP and for the after-tax cost of any indemnification payments (fixed or contingent) attributable to sellers’ indemnities to purchasers. 

“1996 Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of December 17, 1996 among Crown, Crown Cork & Seal Finance
PLC, Crown Cork & Seal Finance, S.A. and The Bank of New York, as trustee. 
 “Non-Guarantor
Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor. 
 “Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Entity
Indebtedness” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Accounts Receivable Entity.” 

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person. 

“Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by a Guarantor of the Notes. 

“Notes” means the
7 1/8% Senior Notes due 2018 issued by the Issuer,
including, without limitation, any Additional Notes, treated as a single class of securities, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, that are issued pursuant to this Indenture. 

“Offering Memorandum” means the Offering Memorandum of the Issuer, dated July 21, 2010, relating to the offering of
the Notes on the Issue Date. 
 “Officers” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman, President, Chief
Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Controller, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President of such Person or any other authorized officer or director of such Person. 

 

 -21- 

 “Officers’ Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a
certificate signed by the Chairman, President or Chief Executive Officer of such Person and the Chief Financial Officer, Controller, Treasurer, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President of such Person that shall comply with applicable
provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Such counsel may be an employee of or counsel to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries. 

“Original Amount” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness.”

 “Other Guarantor” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06. 

“Parent” means Crown Holdings, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, until a successor replaces such party pursuant to
Article Five of this Indenture and thereafter the successor. 
 “Pari Passu Indebtedness” means, with respect
to the Issuer or any Guarantor, Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor unless, with respect to any item of Indebtedness, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding or any other agreement
governing the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provides that such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to any other item of Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Pari Passu
Indebtedness” shall not include: 
 (i) Indebtedness of Parent owed to any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent
or Indebtedness of any such Restricted Subsidiary owed to Parent or any other Restricted Subsidiary of such Restricted Subsidiary; 

(ii) Indebtedness incurred in violation of this Indenture; and 

(iii) Indebtedness represented by Disqualified Stock. 

“Paying Agent” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04. 

“Payment Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01. 

“Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Replacement Assets or a combination of
Replacement Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person that is not Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that any cash and Cash Equivalents must be applied in
accordance with Section 4.12. 
  

 -22- 

 “Permitted Business” means the lines of business conducted by Parent and
its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date hereof and businesses substantially similar, related or incidental thereto or reasonable extensions thereof. 

“Permitted Holders” means collectively, the executive officers of Parent on the Issue Date. 

“Permitted Investments” means: 

(1) Investments in Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(2) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents; 

(3) Investments by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent in, or the purchase of the securities of, a Person if, as
a result of such Investment, (a) such person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, Parent
or a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (4) Investments in accounts and notes receivable acquired in the ordinary course
of business; 
 (5) Investments received or acquired in compromise of, or in respect of, obligations of, claims
against or disputes with, any Person (other than Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary or Affiliate), including, but not limited to, pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such Person;

 (6) any non-cash consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale that complies with Section 4.12;

 (7) Investments in connection with Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09;

 (8) commission, payroll, travel and similar loans and advances to employees in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (9) any Investment by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent in an Accounts Receivable Entity
or any Investment by an Accounts Receivable Entity in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, so long as any Investment in an Accounts Receivable Entity is in the form of a Purchase Money Note or an Equity Interest;

  

 -23- 

 (10) any Investments (i) the consideration for which consists
exclusively of Qualified Capital Stock of Parent and (ii) in any Unrestricted Subsidiary, joint venture or any Minority Equity Interest made by exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Qualified
Capital Stock of Parent; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Investment shall be excluded for purposes of clause (C) of Section 4.10(a) in determining the amount available for
Restricted Payments; 
 (11) Investments existing on the Issue Date, and any extension, modification or renewal
of any Investments existing on the Issue Date, but only to the extent not involving additional advances, contributions or other Investments of cash or other assets or other increases thereof (other than as a result of the accrual or accretion of
interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities, in each case, pursuant to the terms of such Investment as in effect on the Issue Date); 

(12) Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000,000 at any time outstanding; 

(13) additional Investments in one or more Persons engaged in a line of business which is complementary, reasonably
related, ancillary or useful to any business in which Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries is then engaged, in an aggregate amount not to exceed 2.5% of Total Assets at any time outstanding; and 

(14) Investments in Permitted Joint Ventures in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000,000 at any time outstanding.

 “Permitted Joint Venture” means an entity characterized as a joint venture, however structured, engaged in a
Permitted Business and in which Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (a) owns at least 40% of the ownership interest or (b) has a right to receive at least 40% of the profits or distributions; provided that such joint
venture is not a Subsidiary of Parent. 
 “Permitted Liens” means: 

(1) (a) Liens securing Indebtedness under any Credit Facility permitted to be incurred under subclause (b)(1) of
Section 4.09; and 
 (b) Liens securing Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) permitted by
Section 4.09; provided that any such Lien, taken together with all other Liens incurred in reliance on this clause (b), shall not secure Indebtedness in a principal amount at the time such Lien is incurred exceeding 

 

 -24- 

 (i) the greater of (x) $3,000,000,000 and (y) the product of 3.0
times Parent’s Trailing Consolidated EBITDA Amount, less 
 (ii) the sum of (x) the then
outstanding aggregate principal amount of Existing Secured Notes and/or any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof in each case to the extent constituting Secured Indebtedness and (y) the maximum amount of Indebtedness then
permitted to be incurred under subclause (b)(1) of Section 4.09; 
 (2) to the extent and in the manner
required by the terms of the Existing Unsecured Notes as in effect on the Issue Date, Liens on Existing Unsecured Notes Principal Property of Crown and its Existing Unsecured Notes Principal Properties Subsidiaries and on any shares of capital stock
or evidences of indebtedness for borrowed money issued by any Existing Unsecured Notes Principal Properties Subsidiary of Crown and owned by Crown or any Existing Unsecured Notes Principal Properties Subsidiary of Crown securing the obligations of
Crown or such Existing Unsecured Notes Principal Properties Subsidiary under the Existing Unsecured Notes; 
 (3)
Liens on assets of a Person merged with or into or consolidated with Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent after the Issue Date existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary
of Parent; provided that such Liens were not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent other than the assets of such
Person acquired in such merger or consolidation; 
 (4) Liens on assets of a Person that becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary of Parent existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent; provided that such Liens were not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent and
do not extend to any assets of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent; 
 (5) Liens on assets acquired
after the Issue Date existing at the time of acquisition thereof by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent; provided that such Liens were not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition and do not extend to
any assets of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent other than the specific assets so acquired; 
 (6)
landlords’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, suppliers’, materialmen’s or other like Liens, in any case incurred in the ordinary course of business with respect to amounts (a) not yet delinquent or
(b) being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted; 
  

 -25- 

 (7) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims or other
like statutory Liens, that (a) are not yet delinquent or (b) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as
shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor; 
 (8) Liens to secure Indebtedness
permitted by (a) subclause (b)(3) of Section 4.09 covering only the assets acquired with such Indebtedness and (b) subclause (b)(7) of Section 4.09; 

(9) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to refinance Indebtedness that has been secured by a Lien permitted by this
Indenture; provided that (a) any such Lien shall not extend to or cover any assets not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced and (b) the refinancing Indebtedness secured by such Lien shall have been permitted to be incurred
pursuant to subclause (b)(5) of Section 4.09; 
 (10) (a) Liens in the form of zoning restrictions,
easements, licenses, reservations, covenants, conditions or other restrictions on the use of real property or other minor irregularities in title (including leasehold title) that do not (i) secure Indebtedness or (ii) individually or in
the aggregate materially impair the value or marketability of the real property affected thereby or the occupation, use and enjoyment in the ordinary course of business of Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such real property and
(b) with respect to leasehold interests in real property, mortgages, obligations, liens and other encumbrances incurred, created, assumed or permitted to exist and arising by, through or under a landlord or owner of such leased property
encumbering the landlord’s or owner’s interest in such leased property; 
 (11) Liens in the form of
pledges or deposits securing bids, tenders, contracts (other than contracts for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, warranties, statutory or regulatory obligations or self-insurance arrangements arising in the ordinary course of business,
banker’s acceptances, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a similar nature to which Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party, in each case, made in the ordinary course of business; 

(12) Liens resulting from operation of law with respect to any judgments, awards or orders to the extent that such
judgments, awards or orders do not cause or constitute a Default under this Indenture; 
 (13) Liens in the form
of licenses, leases or subleases granted or created by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, which licenses, leases or subleases do not interfere, individually or in the aggregate, in any material respect with the
business of Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Lien shall not extend to or cover any assets of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent that is not the subject of any such license, lease or sublease; 

 

 -26- 

 (14) Liens in favor of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent;

 (15) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale
of goods entered into by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the past practices of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent; 

(16) bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash and Cash
Equivalents on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, in each case, granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the bank or banks with which such accounts are maintained, securing
amounts owing to such bank with respect to cash management and operating account arrangements, including those involving pooled accounts and netting arrangements; provided that in no case shall any such Liens secure (either directly or
indirectly) the repayment of any Indebtedness; 
 (17) Liens on fixtures or personal property granted to
landlords pursuant to leases to the extent that such Liens are not yet due and payable; 
 (18) Liens on accounts
receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; 
 (19) Liens
existing on the Issue Date to the extent and in the manner existing on the Issue Date; 
 (20) deposits, pledges
or other Liens to secure obligations under purchase or sale agreements or letters of intent entered into in respect of a proposed acquisition; 

(21) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit which encumber documents and
other property relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof; and 
 (22) in addition to
the Liens described in clauses (1) through (21) above, Liens in respect of Indebtedness or other obligations of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary not to exceed 15.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at any one time outstanding.

 “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refinance other Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that: 

(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the
principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so refinanced (plus the amount of accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and premiums owed, if any (not in excess of preexisting prepayment provisions on such Indebtedness) and
the amount of reasonable and customary fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith) (the “Original Amount”); provided, however, if the amount of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness exceeds the Original
Amount, the amount of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness equal to the Original Amount shall nonetheless constitute “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” if it otherwise complies with the requirements of this definition; 

 

 -27- 

 (2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date at
least as late as the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being refinanced; 

(3) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to any Notes, such Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, such Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of such Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the
Indebtedness being refinanced; and 
 (4) such Indebtedness is incurred by Parent or by the Restricted Subsidiary
who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being refinanced; provided, however, that Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer unless the Issuer or such Restricted
Subsidiary is an obligor on the Indebtedness being refinanced) may incur Indebtedness which refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent. 

“Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, trust or
joint venture, or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof. 
 “Physical Notes” means
certificated Notes in registered form. 
 “Post Termination Date Sale and Leaseback Transaction” has the
meaning set forth in Section 4.15. 
 “Preferred Stock” of any Person means any Capital Stock of such
Person that has preferential rights over any other Capital Stock of such Person with respect to profits, dividends, distributions or redemptions or upon liquidation. 

 

 -28- 

 “principal” of a Note means the principal of the Note plus the premium, if
any, payable on the Note which is due or overdue or is to become due at the relevant time. 
 “Principal
Property” means any single manufacturing or processing plant or warehouse (excluding any equipment or personalty located therein) located in the United States, other than any such plant or warehouse or portion thereof that the Board of
Directors reasonably determines is not of material importance to the business conducted by Parent and its Subsidiaries as an entirety. 

“Principal Property Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that owns, operates or leases one or more Principal Properties.

 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B.

 “Proceeds Sharing Agreement” means the first amended and restated Global Participation and Proceeds Sharing
Agreement dated as of September 1, 2004 among the Secured Parties, the Collateral Agents, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Sharing Agent, and the other persons who may become parties thereto from time to time pursuant to and in accordance with
the terms thereof, as amended from time to time. 
 “Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of an
Accounts Receivable Entity to Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, which note must be repaid from cash available to the Accounts Receivable Entity, other than amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to agreements, amounts
paid to investors in respect of interest, principal and other amounts owing to such investors and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables. 

“Purchase Money Obligations” of any Person means any obligations of such Person to any seller or any other Person
incurred or assumed to finance the purchase, or the cost of construction or improvement, of real or personal property to be used in the business of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries in an amount that is not more than 100% of the cost, or Fair
Market Value, as appropriate, of such property, and incurred within 90 days after the date of such acquisition (excluding accounts payable to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business). 

“Qualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock. 

“Qualified Institutional Buyer” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

  

 -29- 

 “Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any transaction or series of
transactions entered into by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary Transfers to (a) an Accounts Receivable Entity (in the case of a Transfer by Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries) and (b) any other Person (in the case of a Transfer by an Accounts Receivable Entity), or grants a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto, including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts
receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with an accounts receivable financing transaction; provided such transaction is on market terms at
the time Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such transaction. 
 “Rating Agencies” mean
Moody’s and S&P; provided that if S&P, Moody’s or any Successor Rating Agency (as defined below) shall cease to be in the business of providing rating services for debt securities generally, the Issuer shall be entitled to
replace any such Rating Agency or Successor Rating Agency, as the case may be, which has ceased to be in the business of providing rating services for debt securities generally with a security rating agency which is in the business of providing
rating services for debt securities generally and which is nationally recognized in the United States (such rating agency, a “Successor Rating Agency”). 

“Redemption Date” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes means the date
fixed for such redemption pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and the Notes. 
 “refinance” means to
refinance, repay, replace, renew, extend, refund or restructure. 
 “Registrar” has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.04. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Regulation S Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16. 

“Regulation S Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02. 

“Related Cash Management Obligations” means obligations of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent arising from
treasury, depository and cash management services provided by one or more of the Bank Agents or the lenders or their Affiliates or designees or other parties permitted under the Existing Credit Facility. 

 

 -30- 

 “Related Hedging Obligations” means Hedging Obligations of Parent or any
Restricted Subsidiary of Parent entered into with one or more of the Bank Agents or the lenders or their Affiliates or designees or other parties permitted under the Existing Credit Facility. 

“Related Obligations” means, collectively, the Related Cash Management Obligations and the Related Hedging Obligations.

 “Replacement Assets” means any (a) business, (b) controlling or majority Equity Interest in any
Person engaged in a line of business, (c) in the case of a Transfer of a Minority Equity Interest, another Minority Equity Interest in a Person engaged primarily in a line of business or (d) property or assets used or useful in a line of
business, in the case of each of clauses (a) through (d), in which Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is engaged or which is or are, as the case may be, complementary, reasonably related, ancillary or useful to any such line of
business in which Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is then engaged. 
 “Responsible Officer” shall
mean, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer in the Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee including any vice president, assistant vice president or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those
performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, and to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, in each case having direct
responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 
 “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note that
is a Restricted Note. 
 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 “Restricted Note” has the same meaning as “restricted security” set forth in Rule 144(a)(3)
promulgated under the Securities Act; provided that the Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely upon an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note is a Restricted Note. 

“Restricted Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.10. 

“Restricted Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16. 

“Restricted Physical Note” means a Physical Note that is a Restricted Note. 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means each Subsidiary that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

 

 -31- 

 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16. 

“Rule 144A Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

 “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any arrangement with any Person (other than Parent or a Subsidiary of
Parent), or to which any such Person is a party, providing for the leasing, pursuant to a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP, to Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of any
property or asset which has been or is to be sold or transferred by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person or to any other Person (other than Parent or a Subsidiary of Parent) to which funds have been or are to be advanced by such
Person. 
 “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) of Parent or a
Restricted Subsidiary of Parent secured by a Lien. 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder. 
 “Significant Subsidiary”
means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date. 

“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by
Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent which are reasonably customary in an accounts receivable securitization transaction. 

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor that is subordinated in right of payment
to the Notes or the Note Guarantees of such Guarantor, as the case may be. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect
to any Person: 
 (1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total
voting power of Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and 

 

 -32- 

 (2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing
general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof). 

“Successor Rating Agency” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Rating Agencies.” 

“Swiss Guarantor” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06. 

“Taxes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.20. 

“Taxing Jurisdiction” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.20. 

“Terminated Covenants” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18. 

“Termination Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18. 

“TIA” or “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§
77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture (except as provided in Section 8.03). 
 “Total
Assets” means the total assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and computed in accordance with GAAP. Total
Assets shall be calculated after giving effect to the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate Total Assets. 

“Trailing Consolidated EBITDA Amount” means the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated in accordance with
the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio) for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available. 

“Transfer” means to sell, assign, transfer, lease (other than pursuant to an operating lease entered into in the
ordinary course of business), convey or otherwise dispose of, including by Sale and Leaseback Transaction, consolidation, merger, liquidation, dissolution or otherwise, in one transaction or a series of transactions. 

“Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to this Indenture and
thereafter means the successor. 
 “2003 Secured Notes Issue Date” means February 26, 2003. 

“Unrestricted Notes” means Notes that are not Restricted Notes. 

 

 -33- 

 “Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that is not a Restricted
Note. 
 “Unrestricted Physical Note” means a Physical Note that is not a Restricted Note. 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary (other than the Issuer) that prior to the Termination Date is designated
by the Board of Directors of Parent as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of such Board of Directors, but only if: 

(1) (a) such Subsidiary has no Indebtedness other than Indebtedness as to which neither Parent nor any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (i) provides any credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (ii) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise or (iii) constitutes
the lender, other than in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) any non-recourse Guarantee given solely to support the pledge by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Equity Interests of such Unrestricted Subsidiary; and 

(b) neither Parent nor any Restricted Subsidiary is liable for any Indebtedness that would permit (upon notice, lapse of
time or both) any holder thereof to declare a default on such Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity upon the occurrence of a default with respect to any Indebtedness of such Unrestricted
Subsidiary; 
 (2) such Subsidiary is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with
Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are not materially less favorable to Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that would be obtained at the time from
Persons who are not Affiliates of Parent; 
 (3) such Subsidiary is a Person with respect to which neither Parent
nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any
specified levels of operating results; and 
 (4) such Subsidiary does not Guarantee or otherwise directly or
indirectly provide credit support for any Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 Any such designation by the Board of
Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by delivering to the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate, upon which the Trustee shall have no liability
for relying, certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions and was 
  

 -34- 

 
permitted by Section 4.10. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such
date by Section 4.09, Parent shall be in default of such covenant from the date of such incurrence). 
 The Board of
Directors of Parent may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent of any
outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if: 
  

	 	(1)	such incurrence of Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09; and 

  

	 	(2)	no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation. 

As of the Issue Date, each of Crownway Insurance Company, Crown Cork & Seal Receivables (DE) Corporation, Crown Americas Capital
Corp. and Crown Americas Capital Corp. II have been designated Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
 “U.S. Guarantor”
has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06. 
 “U.S. Person” means a “U.S. person” as defined in
Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act. 
 “Voting Stock” means any class or classes of Capital Stock
pursuant to which the holders thereof have power to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of any Person (irrespective of whether or not, at the time, stock of any other class or classes shall have, or might have, voting power by
reason of the happening of any contingency). 
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any
Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: 
 (1) the then outstanding principal amount
of such Indebtedness; into 
 (2) the total of the product obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each
then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse
between such date and the making of such payment. 
  

 -35- 

 “Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” of any Person means a Restricted
Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of
such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person. 
 SECTION 1.02. Incorporation by
Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 
 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the portion of such provision
required to be incorporated herein in order for this Indenture to be qualified under the TIA is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 

“indenture securities” means the Notes. 

“indenture securityholder” means a Holder or Noteholder. 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture. 

“obligor on the indenture securities” means the Issuer, the Guarantors or any other obligor on the Notes.

 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined in the TIA by reference to another statute or
defined by Commission rule have the meanings therein assigned to them. 
 SECTION 1.03. Rules of Construction. 

Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it herein, whether defined expressly or by reference; 

(2) “or” is not exclusive; 

(3) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(4) words used herein implying any gender shall apply to both genders; 

(5) “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to
any particular Article, Section or other subsection; 
  

 -36- 

 (6) unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein
shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP; 

(7) “$” and “U.S. Dollars” each refer to United States dollars, or such other money of the United
States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; and 
 (8)
“€” and “Euros” each refer to the lawful currency of the member states of the European Union that adopt the single currency in accordance with the Treaty establishing the European Communities, as amended. 

ARTICLE TWO 
 THE
SECURITIES 
 SECTION 2.01. Amount of Notes. 

The Trustee shall initially authenticate €500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes for original issue on the Issue Date upon
a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer (other than as provided in Section 2.08). The Trustee shall authenticate additional Notes (“Additional Notes”) thereafter in unlimited
amount (so long as permitted by the terms of this Indenture, including, without limitation, Section 4.09) for original issue upon a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in aggregate principal amount as
specified in such order (other than as provided in Section 2.08). Each such written order shall specify the principal amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated. 

SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating; Legends. 

The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication with respect thereto shall be substantially in the form set forth in
Exhibit A-1 (in the case of the Restricted Notes) and Exhibit A-2 (in the case of Unrestricted Notes), each of which is incorporated in and forms a part of this Indenture. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

 The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, rule or usage to which the Issuer is subject. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, Notes offered and sold to Qualified Institutional Buyers in reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule 144A Notes”), Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S
(“Regulation S Notes”) and all other Restricted Notes shall bear the Private Placement Legend. All Global Notes shall bear the Global Note Legend. 

 

 -37- 

 Each Note issued hereunder that has more than a de minimis about of original issue discount
for U.S. Federal Income Tax purposes shall bear a legend substantially in the form set forth on Exhibit D. 
 The terms
and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to
such terms and provisions and agree to be bound thereby. 
 The Notes may be presented for registration of transfer and exchange
at the offices of the Registrar. 
 SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication. 

The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Issuer by two Officers of the Issuer. The signature of any of these Officers on the Notes
may be manual or facsimile. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note was an Officer at the time of such execution but no
longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 
 No Note shall
be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature,
and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered
hereunder but never issued and sold by the Issuer, and the Issuer shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 2.12, for all purposes of this Indenture such Note shall be deemed never to have been authenticated
and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. 
 The Trustee may appoint one or more
authenticating agents reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate the Notes. Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate the Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to
authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Issuer and Affiliates of the Issuer. Each Paying Agent is designated as an authenticating agent for
purposes of this Indenture. 
 Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of €50,000
and any integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof. 
  

 -38- 

 SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent. 

The Issuer shall maintain (a) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the
“Registrar”), (b) an office or agency in London, England where the Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”), (c) so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and if
required by the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, an office or agency in Luxembourg where the Notes may be presented for payment (the “Luxembourg Paying Agent”) and (d) an office or agency where notices and demands to or
upon the Issuer, if any, in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Registrar shall provide a copy of such register from time to time upon
request of the Issuer. The Issuer may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional Paying Agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrars. The Issuer shall maintain a co-registrar in London, England and, so long as the
Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and if required by the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, in Luxembourg where the Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange. The term “Paying Agents” means
the Paying Agent, the Luxembourg Paying Agent (if any) and any additional Paying Agents. The Issuer or any Affiliate thereof may act as Registrar or a Paying Agent. 

The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement, which shall incorporate the provisions of the TIA, with any Agent that is
not a party to this Indenture; provided that any such agency agreement with the Luxembourg Paying Agent need not incorporate the provisions of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent.
The Issuer shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or any required co-registrar or Paying Agent, or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such and shall
be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with Section 7.07. 
 The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as
agent for service of notices and demands in connection with the Notes and this Indenture. The Issuer initially appoints The Bank of New York Mellon as Paying Agent. The Issuer initially appoints The Bank of New York (Luxembourg) S.A. as Luxembourg
Paying Agent and Registrar. 
 SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent To Hold Money. 

The Paying Agent shall hold for the Noteholders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or
premium or interest on the Notes (whether such money has been paid to it by the Issuer, one or more of the Guarantors or any other obligor on the Notes), and the Issuer and the Paying Agent shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer (or
any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. Money held by a Paying Agent need not be segregated except as required by law and in no event shall a Paying Agent be liable for any interest on any money received by it hereunder.

  

 -39- 

 
The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and account for any funds disbursed and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any
Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2), upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to pay forthwith all money so held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed. Upon making such payment,
such Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. 
 SECTION 2.06. Noteholder Lists. 

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and
addresses of the Noteholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least five Business Days before each Interest Payment Date, and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such
form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Noteholders. 
 SECTION 2.07. Transfer and
Exchange. 
 Subject to Sections 2.16 and 2.17, when Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request from the Holder of
such Notes to register a transfer or to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested. Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer
or exchange shall be duly endorsed or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorneys duly authorized in writing. To permit registrations
of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall issue and execute and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes (and the
Guarantors shall execute the Guarantees thereon) evidencing such transfer or exchange at the Registrar’s request. No service charge shall be made to the Noteholder for any registration of transfer or exchange. The Issuer may require from the
Noteholder payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer taxes or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation to a transfer or exchange, but this provision shall not apply to any exchange pursuant to Section 2.11, 3.06, 4.08,
4.12 or 8.05 (in which events the Issuer shall be responsible for the payment of such taxes). The Issuer shall not be required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. The Registrar shall not be required to exchange or register a
transfer of any Note for a period of 15 days immediately preceding the mailing of notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed or of any Note selected, called or being called for redemption except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in
part. 
 Any Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of the beneficial interests
in such Global Note may be effected only through a book entry system maintained by the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent), and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book

  

 -40- 

 
entry. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the
Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture. 
 SECTION 2.08. Replacement
Notes. 
 If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or the Trustee, or if the Holder of a Note claims that the
Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate a
replacement Note (and the Guarantors shall execute the Guarantees thereon) if the Holder of such Note furnishes to the Issuer and the Trustee evidence reasonably acceptable to them of the ownership and the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and
if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date of this Indenture are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond shall be posted, sufficient in the judgment of all to
protect the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar and any Paying Agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if such Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge such Holder for the Issuer’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in
replacing such Note and the Trustee may charge the Issuer for the Trustee’s expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in replacing such Note. Every replacement Note shall constitute a contractual
obligation of the Issuer. 
 SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Notes. 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except for (a) those canceled by or on
behalf of the Trustee, (b) those accepted by the Trustee for cancellation, (c) to the extent set forth in Sections 9.01 and 9.02, on or after the date on which the conditions set forth in Section 9.01 or 9.02 have been satisfied,
those Notes theretofore authenticated by the Trustee hereunder and (d) those described in this Section 2.09 as not outstanding. Subject to Section 2.10, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or one of its
Affiliates holds the Note. 
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08, it ceases to be outstanding unless the
Trustee receives proof satisfactory to the Trustee that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Note is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer. 

If a Paying Agent holds, in its capacity as such, on any Maturity Date, Euros Dollars sufficient to pay all accrued interest and
principal with respect to the Notes payable on that date and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders thereof pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes shall cease to be outstanding and interest
on them shall cease to accrue. 
  

 -41- 

 SECTION 2.10. Treasury Notes. 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any declaration of acceleration or notice
of default or direction, waiver or consent or any amendment, modification or other change to this Indenture, Notes owned by the Issuer or any other Affiliate of the Issuer shall be disregarded as though they were not outstanding, except that for the
purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent or any amendment, modification or other change to this Indenture, only Notes as to which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has
actually received an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee established to the satisfaction of the Trustee
the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer, a Guarantor, any other obligor on the Notes or any of their respective Affiliates. 

SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes. 

Until definitive Notes are prepared and ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in
the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers
appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall
authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as definitive Notes. 

SECTION 2.12. Cancellation. 

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee
any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such canceled Notes in
its customary manner. The Issuer may not reissue or resell or issue new Notes to replace Notes that the Issuer has redeemed or paid, or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 

SECTION 2.13. Defaulted Interest. 

If the Issuer defaults on a payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuer shall pay the defaulted interest then borne by the Notes plus
(to the extent permitted by law) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, in accordance with the terms hereof, to the Persons who are Holders thereof on a subsequent special record date, which date shall be at least five Business

  

 -42- 

 
Days prior to the payment date. The Issuer shall fix such special record date and payment date in a manner satisfactory to the Trustee. At least 10 days before such special record date, the
Issuer shall mail to each affected Noteholder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on defaulted interest, if any, to be paid. The Issuer may make payment of any
defaulted interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements (if applicable) of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed and, upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after written notice
given by the Issuer to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this sentence, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any interest which is paid prior to the expiration of the 30-day period set forth in Section 6.01(1)
shall be paid to Holders as of the record date for the Interest Payment Date for which interest has not been paid. 
 SECTION 2.14. CUSIP,
ISIN and Common Code Numbers. 
 The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP”, “ISIN” and
“Common Code” numbers, and if so used, such CUSIP, ISIN and Common Code numbers shall be included in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is
made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code numbers printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Issuer shall promptly notify
the Trustee, in writing, of any such CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code number used by the Issuer in connection with the issuance of the Notes and of any change in any such CUSIP, ISIN or Common Code number. 

SECTION 2.15. Deposit of Moneys. 

Prior to 10:00 A.M., London time, one Business Day prior to each Interest Payment Date and Maturity Date, the Issuer shall have deposited
with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds Euros sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits such Paying Agents, subject to actual
receipt of such funds, to remit payment to the Holders on such Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date, as the case may be. The principal and interest on Global Notes shall be payable to the Common Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as
the sole registered owner and the sole Holder of the Global Notes represented thereby. The principal and interest on Physical Notes shall be payable, either in person, by wire transfer or by mail, at the office of the Paying Agent. 

SECTION 2.16. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes. 

(a) Rule 144A Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons
(collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”). 
  

 -43- 

 
Regulation S Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “Regulation S Global Note”). The
term “Global Notes” means the Rule 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note. The Global Notes shall bear the Global Note Legend. The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the nominee of such
Common Depositary, in each case for credit to an account of an Agent Member, (ii) be delivered to the Paying Agent as custodian for such nominee and (iii) bear the Private Placement Legend. 

Members of, or direct or indirect participants in, Euroclear or Clearstream (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under
this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Common Depositary or under the Global Notes. The Common Depositary may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner
of the Global Notes for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other
authorization furnished by the Common Depositary or impair, as between Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, and their respective Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any
Note. 
 (b) Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfer in whole, but not in part, to the Common Depositary, its
successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes only in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may
be, and the provisions of Section 2.17. In addition, a Global Note shall be exchangeable for Physical Notes only if (x) Euroclear or Clearstream notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as clearing agency,
(y) the Common Depositary notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as common depositary for such Global Note and the Issuer fails to appoint a successor common depositary within 120 days of such notice or, (z) in the
case of any Global Note there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to such Global Note. In all cases, Physical Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in
the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Common Depositary in accordance with its customary procedures. 

(c) In connection with the transfer of a Global Note as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to subsection (b) of this
Section 2.16, such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with
Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Common Depositary in writing in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Physical Notes
of authorized denominations. 
  

 -44- 

 (d) Any Restricted Physical Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note
pursuant to Section 2.17 shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.17, bear the Private Placement Legend. 

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, through and including the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Notes
represented by a Regulation S Global Note and the issue date of such Notes (such period through and including such 40th day, the “Restricted Period”), a beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note which shall bear a legend
in the form set forth on Exhibit E through such date, may be held only through Euroclear or Clearstream unless delivery is made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 2.17. 

(f) The Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold
interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 
 SECTION 2.17.
Transfer and Exchange of Notes. 
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred
as a whole except as set forth in Section 2.16(b). Global Notes will not be exchanged by the Issuer for Physical Notes except under the circumstances described in Section 2.16(b). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or
in part, as provided in Sections 2.08 and 2.11. Beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.17(b) or 2.17(f). 

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global
Notes shall be effected through the Common Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the applicable rules and procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream. Beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to
restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Beneficial interests in Global Notes shall be transferred or exchanged only for beneficial interests in Global Notes. Transfers and exchanges
of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note
may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however,
that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or 

 

 -45- 

 
for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). A beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.17(b)(i). 

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers
and exchanges of beneficial interests in any Global Note that is not subject to Section 2.17(b)(i), the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar (1) a written order from an Agent Member given to the Common
Depositary in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream directing the Common Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial
interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream containing information regarding the Agent Member account to be credited with such increase.
Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Registrar shall adjust the principal amount
of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.17(f). 
 (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to
Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the
requirements of Section 2.17(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the transferee
will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and 

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (2) thereof. 

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an
Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.17(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following: 

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest
for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit G, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 

 

 -46- 

 (B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit F, including the
certifications in item (4) thereof, 
 and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests or if the applicable rules and
procedures of the Euroclear and Clearstream, as applicable, so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the
restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iv) at a
time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall
authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iv). 

(v) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in a
Restricted Global Note. Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 

(c) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes for Physical Notes. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may
not be exchanged for a Physical Note except under the circumstances described in Section 2.16(b). A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Physical Note except under
the circumstances described in Section 2.16(b). 
 (d) Transfer and Exchange of Physical Notes for Beneficial Interests
in Global Notes. Physical Notes shall be transferred or exchanged only for beneficial interests in Global Notes. Transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i),
(ii) or (ii) below, as applicable: 
 (i) Restricted Physical Notes to Beneficial Interests in
Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Physical Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer

  

 -47- 

 
such Restricted Physical Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following
documentation: 
 (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Physical Note proposes to exchange such Restricted
Physical Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit G, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 

(B) if such Restricted Physical Note is being transferred to a Qualified Institutional Buyer in accordance with Rule 144A
under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(C) if such Restricted Physical Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance
with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 

(D) if such Restricted Physical Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of
the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E) if such Restricted Physical Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit F, including the certifications, certificates and
Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable; or 
 (F) if such Restricted Physical
Note is being transferred to the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof, 

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Physical Note, and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the
appropriate Restricted Global Note. 
 (ii) Restricted Physical Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted
Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Physical Note may exchange such Restricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Physical Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form
of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if
the Holder of such Restricted Physical Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit G, including the certifications in
item (1)(b) thereof; or 
  

 -48- 

 (B) if the Holder of such Restricted Physical Notes proposes to transfer
such Restricted Physical Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit F, including the certifications in item
(4) thereof, 
 and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests or if the applicable rules and procedures of Euroclear
or Clearstream, as applicable, so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained
herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon satisfaction of the conditions of this subparagraph (ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Physical Notes and
increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (ii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been
issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate
principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Restricted Physical Notes transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (ii). 

(iii) Unrestricted Physical Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted
Physical Note may exchange such Unrestricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Physical Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Physical Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the
Unrestricted Global Notes. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of a written order of the
Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Unrestricted
Physical Notes transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iii). 
  

 -49- 

 (iv) Unrestricted Physical Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted
Global Notes. An Unrestricted Physical Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Physical Notes for Physical Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Physical Notes and such Holder’s
compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.17(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Physical Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the
Registrar the Physical Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder
shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.17(e). 

(i) Restricted Physical Notes to Restricted Physical Notes. A Restricted Physical Note may be transferred to and
registered in the name of a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Physical Note if the Registrar receives the following: 

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a
certificate in the form of Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (B)
if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in
accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(D) if the transfer will be made to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (A) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit F, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by
item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable; and 
 (E) if such transfer will be made to the Issuer or a Subsidiary
thereof, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof. 
  

 -50- 

 (ii) Restricted Physical Notes to Unrestricted Physical Notes. Any
Restricted Physical Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Physical Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Physical Note if the Registrar receives the following: 

(1) if the Holder of such Restricted Physical Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Physical Note for an Unrestricted
Physical Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit G, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 

(2) if the Holder of such Restricted Physical Note proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery
thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Physical Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (4) thereof, 

and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that
such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

(iii) Unrestricted Physical Notes to Unrestricted Physical Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Physical Note may
transfer such Unrestricted Physical Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Physical Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Physical
Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 
 (iv) Unrestricted Physical Notes to Restricted
Physical Notes. An Unrestricted Physical Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a Restricted Physical Note. 

(f) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been
exchanged for Physical Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.12. At
any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Physical Notes, the
principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Common Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if
the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be
made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Common Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
  

 -51- 

 (g) Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or
replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend,
the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless (i) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor
the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act or (ii) such Note has been sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and the
Registrar has received an Officers’ Certificate from the Issuer to such effect. 
 (h) General. All Global Notes and
Physical Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Physical Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes
or Physical Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
 The Registrar shall retain for a period of two
years copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.16 or this Section 2.17. The Issuer shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written
communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable notice to the Registrar. 
 SECTION 2.18. Computation of Interest.

 Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and actual days elapsed.

 ARTICLE THREE 

REDEMPTION 
 SECTION 3.01.
Election To Redeem; Notices to Trustee. 
 If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to paragraph 5 or 6 of the
Notes, at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to in writing by the Trustee) but not more than 65 days before the Redemption Date, the Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date,
the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the redemption price(s), and deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such redemption will comply with the conditions contained in paragraph 5 or 6 of the Notes. Notice given
to the Trustee pursuant to this Section 3.01 may not be revoked after the time that notice is given to Noteholders pursuant to Section 3.03. 
  

 -52- 

 SECTION 3.02. Selection by Trustee of Notes To Be Redeemed. 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of such Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in
compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes to be redeemed are listed or, if such Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in
its sole discretion deems fair and appropriate; provided that no Notes with a principal amount of €50,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. Notwithstanding the foregoing any redemption following an Equity Offering will be made on a pro
rata basis. For all purposes of this Indenture unless the context otherwise requires, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. 

SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption. 

At least 30 days, and no more than 60 days, before a Redemption Date, the Issuer shall mail, or cause to be mailed, a notice of
redemption by first-class mail to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his or her last address as the same appears on the registry books maintained by the Registrar pursuant to Section 2.06. 

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including the CUSIP, ISIN and/or Common Code numbers thereof) and shall state:

 (1) the Redemption Date; 

(2) the redemption price and the amount of premium and accrued interest to be paid; 

(3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after
the Redemption Date and upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued; 

(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

(6) that unless the Issuer defaults in making the redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to
accrue on and after the Redemption Date; 
  

 -53- 

 (7) that paragraph 5 of the Notes is the provision of the Notes pursuant to
which the redemption is occurring; and 
 (8) the aggregate principal amount of Notes that are being redeemed.

 At the Issuer’s written request made at least 15 Business Days prior to the date on which notice is to be given, the
Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s sole expense. 
 For Notes which
are represented by global certificates held on behalf of Euroclear, notices may be given by delivery of the relevant notices to Euroclear for communication to entitled account holders in substitution for the aforesaid mailing. So long as any Notes
are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and admitted for trading on the Euro MTF Market, any such notice to the holders of the relevant Notes shall also be published in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg
or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Issuer and, in connection with any redemption, the Issuer will notify the Luxembourg Stock Exchange of any change in the principal amount of Notes
outstanding. 
 SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

Once the notice of redemption described in Section 3.03 is mailed and subject to the proviso to this sentence, Notes called for
redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the redemption price, including any premium, plus interest accrued to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that any redemption and notice thereof pursuant to this Indenture
may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent described in such notice and in which case if and/or to the extent such condition(s) precedent is/are not satisfied the Issuer shall have no
obligation to redeem Notes on such Redemption Date. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price, including any premium, plus interest accrued to the Redemption Date; provided that if the Redemption
Date is after a regular record date and on or prior to the Interest Payment Date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the Holder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant record date; and provided, further, that if a
Redemption Date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and no interest shall accrue for the period from such Redemption Date to such succeeding Business Day. 

SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. 

Prior to 10:00 A.M., London time, one Business Day prior to each Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent
Euros sufficient to pay the redemption price of, including premium, if any, and accrued interest on any and all Notes to be redeemed on that date (other than Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on that date which have been delivered by
the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation). 
  

 -54- 

 On and after any Redemption Date, if money sufficient to pay the redemption price of,
including premium, if any, and accrued interest on all Notes called for redemption shall have been made available in accordance with the immediately preceding paragraph, the Notes called for redemption will cease to accrue interest and the only
right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the redemption price of and, subject to the second proviso in Section 3.04, accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes to the Redemption Date. If any Note surrendered for
redemption shall not be so paid, interest will be paid, from the Redemption Date until such redemption payment is made, on the unpaid principal of the Note and any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate and in the
manner provided in the Notes. 
 SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part. 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall execute and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the
form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder thereof a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 

ARTICLE FOUR 

COVENANTS 
 SECTION 4.01.
Payment of Notes. 
 The Issuer shall pay the principal of and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner
provided in the Notes and this Indenture. An installment of principal or interest shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or the Paying Agents hold on that date Euros designated for and sufficient to pay such installment.

 The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal (including post-petition interest in a proceeding under any Bankruptcy
Law), and overdue interest, to the extent lawful, at the rate specified in the Notes. 
 SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency.

 (a) The Issuer shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, in London, England and, so long as the Notes
are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such stock exchange so require, in Luxembourg, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for
registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the
location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such 
  

 -55- 

 
required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of
the Trustee. 
 (b) The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be
presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain
an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, in London, England and, so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such stock exchange so require, in Luxembourg for such purposes. The
Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

(c) The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, or its Agent, in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New
York, and in London, England and the office of the Luxembourg Paying Agent in Luxembourg, in each case as such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.04. 

SECTION 4.03. Legal Existence. 

Except as permitted by Article Five, Parent shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and
effect (i) its legal existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each Restricted Subsidiary, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of Parent, Crown and the
Issuer and each such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the material rights (charter and statutory) and franchises of Parent, Crown and the Issuer and such Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that Parent, Crown and the Issuer shall not be
required to preserve any such right, franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of their Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Crown or the Issuer) if the Board of Directors of Parent, Crown or the Issuer, as applicable, shall
determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of Parent, Crown or the Issuer, as applicable and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material
respect to the Holders. 
 SECTION 4.04. Compliance with Law. 

Parent shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply with all statutes, laws, ordinances or government rules and
regulations to which they are subject, non-compliance with which would materially adversely affect the business, financial condition or results of operations of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 

 

 -56- 

 SECTION 4.05. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. 

The Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, or
plead (as a defense or otherwise) or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive the Issuer and any of the Guarantors from paying all or
any portion of the principal of, premium, if any, and/or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and (to the
extent that they may lawfully do so) the Issuer and each of the Guarantors hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the
Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 
 SECTION 4.06. Compliance
Certificate. 
 (a) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, an
Officers’ Certificate (as enumerated by Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA) stating that each Officer has conducted or supervised a review of the activities of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and Parent’s and its Restricted
Subsidiaries’ performance under this Indenture during such Fiscal Year, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that, to the best of such Officers’ knowledge, based upon such review, Parent and Issuer have
fulfilled all obligations under this Indenture or, if there has been a Default under this Indenture that is continuing, a description of the event and what action Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries are taking or propose to take with respect
thereto. 
 (b) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, immediately after the occurrence thereof, a certificate of an Officer
detailing any continuing Default of which such Officer is aware, its status and what action Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries are taking or propose to take with respect to such Default. 

(c) The Issuer shall provide written notice to the Trustee of any change in Parent’s or Issuer’s Fiscal Year. 

(d) The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee, in writing, the first time the Notes are rated Investment Grade Rating;
provided, however, that the failure to deliver such notice shall in no event be deemed a Default or an Event of Default. 

SECTION 4.07. Taxes. 

Parent shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay prior to delinquency (i) all material taxes, assessments,
and governmental levies and (ii) all lawful material claims for labor, materials and supplies which, in each case, if unpaid, might by law 

 

 -57- 

 
become a Lien upon the property of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that, neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to pay or discharge or
cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which disputed amounts adequate reserves have been made in
accordance with GAAP. 
 SECTION 4.08. Repurchase at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control. 

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes shall have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any
part (equal to €50,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at an offer price in cash equal to 101% of the
aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). 

(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control or, at the Issuer’s option, prior to the consummation of such Change of Control
but after the public announcement thereof, the Issuer shall send, or at the Issuer’s written request and expense the Trustee shall send, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, a notice to each Holder of Notes at its last registered address,
which notice shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer. The notice shall describe the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offer to repurchase Notes on the purchase date specified in such notice (which
must be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, other than as may be required by law) (the “Change of Control Payment Date”) pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and
described in such notice. Such obligation will not continue after a discharge of the Issuer or defeasance from its obligations with respect to the Notes. The notice to the Holders shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such
Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer. Such notice shall state: 
 (1) that the Change
of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.08 and that all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be accepted for payment; 

(2) the Change of Control Payment and the Change of Control Payment Date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later
than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, other than as may be required by law); 
 (3) that any Note not
tendered will continue to accrue interest; 
 (4) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making payment therefor,
any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; 
  

 -58- 

 (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Change of
Control Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent and Registrar for the Note at the address specified in the notice
prior to the close of business on the Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (6) that
Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the third Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the
Holder, the principal amount of the Notes the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Note purchased; 

(7) that Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part will be issued new Notes in a principal amount equal to the
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided, however, that each Note purchased and each new Note issued shall be in a principal amount of €50,000 or integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof; and 

(8) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control. 

(c) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful: 

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof (in minimum amounts of €50,000 or an integral multiple of
€1,000 in excess thereof) validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; 

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount in Euros equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or
portions thereof so tendered; and 
 (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee all Notes so accepted
together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes (or portions thereof) being purchased by the Issuer. 

Upon receipt by the Paying Agent of the monies specified in clause (2) above and the Officers’ Certificate specified in clause (3) above,
such Paying Agent shall promptly mail or deliver through Euroclear or Clearstream to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Issuer shall execute and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in
the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder of Notes a new Note equal in principal amount to any
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of €50,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of
the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
  

 -59- 

 (d) Upon the payment of the Change of Control Payment, the Trustee shall, subject to the
provisions of Section 2.16, return the Notes purchased to the Issuer for cancellation. The Trustee may act as the Paying Agent for purposes of any Change of Control Offer. 

(e) The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change
of Control Offer in a manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.08 with respect to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn
under such Change of Control Offer or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to this Indenture as described in Article Three, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditioned upon the consummation of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the
Change of Control Offer is made and such Change of Control Offer is otherwise made in compliance with the provisions of this covenant. 

(f) The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations
thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of
this covenant, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this paragraph by virtue thereof. 

(g) If and for so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and admitted for trading on the Euro
MTF Market, the Issuer will publish notices relating to the Change of Control Offer in a leading newspaper of general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxembourger Wort) or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by
such rules, post such notices on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu). 
 SECTION 4.09. Limitation on
Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock. 
 (a) Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and Parent shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that Parent
may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue shares of Preferred 

 

 -60- 

 
Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Parent’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on
which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the
additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period. 

(b) The foregoing provisions shall not apply to any of the following: 

(1) the incurrence by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent of Indebtedness under one or more Credit Facilities in
an aggregate principal amount not to exceed at any time outstanding $2,500,000,000, less the amount of any such Indebtedness permanently retired with the Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale applied from and after the Issue Date to reduce the
outstanding amounts pursuant to Section 4.12; 
 (2) the incurrence by the Issuer of Indebtedness
represented by €500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued on the Issue Date, and the incurrence of the Note Guarantees of such Notes by the Guarantors; 

(3) the incurrence by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease
Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property (real or personal), plant or equipment used in the business of
Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets); provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (3), and
refinancings thereof, shall not exceed 7.5% of Total Assets at any time outstanding; 
 (4) Existing
Indebtedness; 
 (5) the incurrence by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refinance, Existing Indebtedness or Indebtedness that was permitted to be incurred pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 4.09 or pursuant to clause (2) above
or this clause (5); 
 (6) (i) Indebtedness of Parent owed to a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent;
provided, however, that upon any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent or such Indebtedness being owed to any Person other than a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, Parent shall be deemed to have
incurred Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (6), and (ii) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of 
  

 -61- 

 
Parent owed to Parent or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that upon such Indebtedness being owed to any Person other than Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent,
such Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to have incurred Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (6); 
 (7)
the incurrence by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations that are incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; 

(8) Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial
institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is
extinguished within five Business Days of incurrence; 
 (9) Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in respect of performance bonds, bankers’ acceptances, workers’ compensation claims, surety or appeal bonds, payment obligations in connection with self-insurance or similar obligations, and bank overdrafts (and letters of
credit in respect thereof) in the ordinary course of business; 
 (10) Indebtedness of Parent or any Restricted
Subsidiary of Parent owed to (including obligations in respect of letters of credit for the benefit of) any Person in connection with worker’s compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability
insurance provided by such Person to Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such Person, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices;

 (11) Indebtedness arising from agreements of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary providing for
indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn out obligations or similar obligations, in each case incurred or assumed in connection with the Transfer of any business, asset or Equity Interests permitted by this Indenture; 

(12) Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Entity Indebtedness incurred by any Accounts Receivable Entity in a Qualified
Receivables Transaction; 
 (13) Indebtedness of (x) Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance
an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that, after giving pro forma effect to such
acquisition or merger, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Parent would be greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger; 
  

 -62- 

 (14) the incurrence by a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (other than the
Issuer) of Indebtedness in connection with and in contemplation of, the concurrent disposition of such Restricted Subsidiary to the stockholders of Parent in a transaction otherwise permitted by this Indenture; provided that such disposition
occurs concurrently with such incurrence and following such disposition, neither Parent nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any liability with respect to such Indebtedness; 

(15) Indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums; 

(16) the Guarantee by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of Parent or any Restricted
Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted pursuant to the terms of this Indenture; provided that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right
of payment to the notes or the Guarantee of Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, any such Guarantee of such Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee with
respect to the notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the notes or the Guarantee of Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable; 

(17) the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to Parent or another Restricted Subsidiary;
provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred
Stock (except to Parent or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock that was not permitted by this clause (17); and 

(18) the incurrence by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent of Indebtedness or issuance of Preferred Stock (in
addition to Indebtedness and Preferred Stock that may be incurred or issued pursuant to any other clause of this Section 4.09) in an aggregate principal amount (or liquidation value in the case of Preferred Stock) not to exceed $400,000,000 at
any time outstanding. 
 Accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on
any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock shall not
be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Fixed Charges of Parent to the extent provided for in
the definition of “Fixed Charges.” The maximum amount of Indebtedness that Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent may incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as the result of fluctuations
in the exchange rates of currencies. 
  

 -63- 

 (c) Parent shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent to, directly
or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that is or purports to be by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) subordinated to any other Indebtedness of Parent or of such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; unless
such Indebtedness is also by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) expressly subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent it is or may become a Guarantor, on
substantially the same terms as such Indebtedness is subordinated to such other Indebtedness of Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; provided, however, that in no event shall Indebtedness of Parent or any
Restricted Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured by a junior Lien. 

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock
meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (18) of subsection (b) of this Section 4.09, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to subsection
(a) of this Section 4.09, Parent may, in its sole discretion, classify such item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that
complies with this Section 4.09 and such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock will be treated as having been incurred pursuant to such clauses of subsection (b) or pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 4.09, as the case may be,
designated by Parent; provided that any Indebtedness under the Existing Credit Facility (including any Related Obligations) outstanding on the Issue Date shall at all times be deemed to have been incurred pursuant to clause (1) of
subsection (b) of this Section 4.09. 
 SECTION 4.10. Limitation on Restricted Payments. 

(a) Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (including in connection with any merger or consolidation) on
account of any Equity Interests of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary or dividends or distributions
payable to Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent); 
 (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire
for value any Equity Interests of Parent, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any other Affiliate of Parent (other than any such Equity Interests owned by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent); 

 

 -64- 

 (3) make any principal payment on, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise
acquire or retire for value prior to any scheduled final maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Indebtedness that is expressly subordinated by its terms in right of payment to the Notes or a Note Guarantee (other than
(i) a payment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, acquisition or other retirement for value in anticipation of satisfying a scheduled final maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, in each case, due within one year of
the date of such payment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, acquisition or other retirement and (ii) intercompany Indebtedness exclusively between or among Parent and one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries); or 

(4) make any Restricted Investment 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted
Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment: 
 (A) no Default or Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; 
 (B) Parent would, at the time of such
Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant
to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in subsection (a) of Section 4.09; and 
 (C) such
Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate of all other Restricted Payments made by Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries from and after the First Priority Notes Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2)(i), (3)(i),
(5) and (12) of subsection (b) of this Section 4.10), is less than the sum of: 
 (w) 50% of
the Consolidated Net Income of Parent for the period (taken as one accounting period) from July 1, 2004 to the end of Parent’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such
Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); plus 

(x) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds (including any non-cash proceeds that have been converted into cash) received
by Parent from the issuance and sale of its Qualified Capital Stock or from contributions to its 
  

 -65- 

 
common equity from and after the First Priority Notes Issue Date (other than Qualified Capital Stock issued to or contributions to common equity received from a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent);
plus 
 (y) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds (including any non-cash proceeds that have been
converted into cash) received by Parent from the issuance and sale of debt securities or Disqualified Stock of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary that have been converted into or exchanged for Qualified Capital Stock of Parent from and after the
First Priority Notes Issue Date (other than convertible or exchangeable debt securities or Disqualified Stock issued to a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent); plus 

(z) to the extent not included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income referred to in clause (w) above, an
amount equal to, without duplication, the sum of: 
 (i) the aggregate amount returned in cash (including any
non-cash proceeds that have been converted into cash) on or with respect to Restricted Investments made subsequent to the First Priority Notes Issue Date whether through interest payments, principal payments, dividends or other distributions or
payments; 
 (ii) the net cash proceeds (including any non-cash proceeds that have been converted into cash)
received by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the disposition of all or any portion of such Restricted Investments (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent); and 

(iii) upon redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Fair Market Value of all
outstanding Investments by Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary at the time of such designation; 

provided, however, that the sum of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of all such
Investments made subsequent to the First Priority Notes Issue Date. 
 (b) The foregoing provisions will not prohibit any or all
of the following: 
 (1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at
such date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
  

 -66- 

 (2) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of
any Equity Interests of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (i) solely in exchange for Equity Interests of Parent (other than Disqualified Stock) or (ii) out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or
sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent) of Equity Interests of Parent (other than Disqualified Stock); 

(3) the payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of subordinated
Indebtedness of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent solely (i) in exchange for Equity Interests of Parent (other than Disqualified Stock) and/or (ii) with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness and/or the substantially concurrent issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent) of Equity Interests of Parent (other than Disqualified Stock); 

(4) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of Parent held by
employees or directors of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any management equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement or similar agreement and the acquisition of Equity Interests of Parent in open market purchases,
or otherwise, for matching or other contributions to its employee stock purchase, deferred compensation, 401(k) and other employee benefit plans in the ordinary course of business; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such
purchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not exceed the sum of (a) $25,000,000 in any twelve-month period plus (b) the aggregate cash proceeds received by Parent during such twelve-month period from any
issuance of Equity Interests by Parent to employees and directors of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(5) the payment of dividends by a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent on any Equity Interest of such Restricted Subsidiary if
such dividend is paid pro rata to all holders of such Equity Interest; 
 (6) the repurchase of Equity
Interests of Parent deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options; 

(7) in the event of a Change of Control, and if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the
payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Indebtedness that is subordinated by its terms in right of payment to the Notes or a Note Guarantee, in each case, at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the
principal amount of such Indebtedness, plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that prior to or contemporaneously with such payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the

  

 -67- 

 
Issuer has made the Change of Control Offer with respect to the Notes and has repurchased all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn in connection with such Change of Control Offer;

 (8) the purchase by Parent of fractional shares arising out of stock dividends, splits or combinations or
business combinations; 
 (9) the purchase, redemption, acquisition, cancellation or other retirement for a
nominal value per right of any rights granted to all the holders of common stock of Parent pursuant to any shareholders’ rights plan adopted for the purpose of protecting shareholders from unfair takeover tactics; provided that any such
purchase, redemption, acquisition, cancellation or other retirement of such rights shall not be for the purpose of evading the limitations of this covenant (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Parent); 

(10) the payment of dividends on Capital Stock of Parent or the acquisition, in open market purchases or otherwise, of
Capital Stock of Parent in an aggregate amount not to exceed $65,000,000 in any calendar year; provided, however, that up to $65,000,000 of such amount that is not utilized by Parent to pay dividends or acquire Capital Stock of Parent in any
calendar year may be carried forward into the immediately succeeding year; 
 (11) payments or distributions to
dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of assets that complies with the provisions of this Indenture applicable to mergers, consolidations and transfers of all or
substantially all of the Parent’s property and assets; provided that as a result of such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer of assets, the Issuer shall have made a Change of Control Offer (if required by the Indenture) and
that all notes tendered by holders in connection with such Change of Control Offer have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value; and 

(12) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $300,000,000 from and after the First Priority Notes
Issue Date. 
 (c) The Board of Directors of Parent may designate any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, or any newly acquired or
created Subsidiary of Parent, to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if such designation would not cause a Default. For purposes of making such designation, all outstanding Investments by Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary so
designated, and all Investments by Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries to be made in connection with such acquisition or creation, will be deemed to be, at the Issuer’s election, either (i) Restricted Payments at the time of such
designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under subsection (b) of this Section 4.10 or (ii) Permitted Investments under either clause (10) or (12) of the definition of “Permitted
Investments.” All 
  

 -68- 

 
such outstanding Investments will be deemed to constitute either Restricted Investments (in the case of a designation pursuant to clause (i) of the preceding sentence) or Permitted
Investments (in the case of a designation pursuant to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence) in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of such Investments at the time of such designation. Such designation will only be permitted if such
Restricted Investment would be permitted at such time and if such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.10(c), in the event that a
Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the exceptions described in clauses (1) through (12) of Section 4.10(b) above or is entitled to be made pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 4.10, Parent may,
in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify such Restricted Payment or any portion thereof in any manner that complies with this Section 4.10. 

(d) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the
asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued to or by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. 

SECTION 4.11. Limitation on Liens. 

(a) Prior to the Termination Date (and during any period, this subsection (a) of this Section 4.11 shall apply when there is no
election by Parent pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section 4.11), Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or
become effective any Lien of any kind upon any of its assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, or upon any income or profits therefrom or assign any rights to receive income therefrom, except Permitted Liens; provided that any Lien on such
assets shall be permitted notwithstanding that it is not a Permitted Lien if all payments due under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees are secured on an equal and ratable basis (or prior basis in the case of any such Indebtedness
which is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees) with the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien. 

(b) Following the Termination Date, Parent may elect by written notice to the Trustee and the Holders of Notes to be subject to the
provisions of this subclause (b) with respect to the limitation on Liens in lieu of subclause (a) above (such date, the “Election Date”). From and after making such election, Parent shall not and shall not permit any of
its Principal Properties Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind upon any (1) any Principal Property or (2) any shares of Capital Stock
or evidence of indebtedness for borrowed money issued by any Principal Properties Subsidiary and owned by Parent or any Principal Properties Subsidiary, whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, without making effective provision, and
Parent in such case shall make or cause to be made effective provision, 
  

 -69- 

 
whereby the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be secured by such Lien equally and ratably with any and all other indebtedness or obligations thereby secured, so long as such indebtedness or
obligations shall be so secured; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to any of the following: 

(1) Liens that exist on the Election Date (other than Liens incurred on or prior to the Election Date in reliance on
clauses (1) or (22) of the definition of Permitted Liens); 
 (2) Liens on property, shares of capital
stock or evidence of indebtedness of any corporation existing at the time such corporation becomes a Subsidiary; 

(3) Liens in favor of Parent or any Subsidiary; 

(4) Liens in favor of governmental bodies to secure progress, advance or other payments pursuant to contract or statute or
indebtedness incurred to finance all or a part of construction of or improvements to property subject to such Liens; 

(5) Liens (i) on property, shares of Capital Stock or evidences of indebtedness for borrowed money existing at the
time of acquisition thereof (including acquisition through merger or consolidation), and construction and improvement Liens that are entered into within one year from the date of such construction or improvement, provided that in the case of
construction or improvement the Lien shall not apply to any property theretofore owned by Parent or any Principal Properties Subsidiary except substantially unimproved real property on which the property so constructed or the improvement is located
and (ii) for the acquisition of any Principal Property, which Liens are created within 180 days after the completion of such acquisition to secure or provide for the payment of the purchase price of the Principal Property acquired; provided
that any such Liens do not extend to any other property of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (whether such property is then owned or thereafter acquired); 

(6) mechanics’, landlords’ and similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of
obligations not due or being contested in good faith; 
 (7) Liens for taxes, assessments, or governmental
charges or levies that are not delinquent or are being contested in good faith; 
 (8) Liens arising from any
legal proceedings that are being contested in good faith; 
 (9) any Liens that (i) are incidental to the
ordinary conduct of its business or the ownership of its properties and assets, including Liens incurred in connection with workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance or other forms of governmental

  

 -70- 

 
insurance or benefits, or to secure performance of tenders, statutory obligations, leases and contracts, (ii) were not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of
advances or credit and (iii) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property of Parent or any Subsidiary or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of its business; 

(10) Liens securing industrial development or pollution control bonds; and 

(11) Liens for the sole purpose of extending, renewing or replacing (or unsuccessfully extending, renewing or replacing)
in whole or in part any of the foregoing. 
 (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (b) of this Section 4.11
during such time as clause (b) above shall apply, Parent or any Subsidiary may, without equally and ratably securing the Notes or the Note Guarantees, create or assume Liens which would otherwise be subject to the foregoing restrictions if at
the time of such creation or assumption, and after giving effect thereto, Exempted Indebtedness does not exceed 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. 

SECTION 4.12. Limitation on Asset Sales. 

(a) Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless each of the following
requirements is satisfied: 
 (1) Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives
consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and 

(2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by Parent or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of (a) cash and/or Cash Equivalents, (b) Replacement Assets or (c) any combination of the consideration described in subclauses (a) and (b) of this clause (2);
provided that the amount of: 
 (i) any liabilities (as shown on Parent’s or such Restricted
Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee
of any such assets as a result of which Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries are released from further liability with respect thereto, 

(ii) any securities, notes or other obligations received by Parent or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee
that are converted within 180 days of receipt thereof by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received), and 
  

 -71- 

 (iii) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by Parent or such
Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed 7.5% of Total
Assets at the time of receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value

 shall, in each case, be deemed to be cash for purposes of this clause (2). 

(b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary may at its option,
cause such Net Proceeds to be applied (a) to make an investment in or expenditure for Replacement Assets or other capital expenditure or to enter into a binding commitment to make such an investment or expenditure; provided that, in the
case of a commitment to make an investment or expenditure, such investment or expenditure shall have been made within 365 days of the first anniversary of the receipt of any Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale, (b) to repay Indebtedness under the
Existing Credit Facility (including any Related Obligations), any other Secured Indebtedness and/or any other Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) (and, in each case, to permanently reduce amounts outstanding thereunder), (c) to
repay Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, other than the Issuer (and to permanently reduce amounts outstanding thereunder) or (d) any combination of subclauses (a), (b) and (c). 

(c) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in subclause (b) of this Section 4.12 will
be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $65,000,000 (the “Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date”), the Issuer shall be required to (i) make an offer (an
“Asset Sale Offer”) to the Holders of the Notes to purchase such Notes on a pro rata basis at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the
purchase date, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.12 and (ii) to the extent the Issuer or any Guarantor so elects or is required, to repay any other outstanding Pari Passu Indebtedness (or offer to purchase such
Pari Passu Indebtedness if pursuant to the terms of such Indebtedness the issuer thereof is only required to offer to repay such Indebtedness) (and permanently reduce amounts outstanding under such Pari Passu Indebtedness) at a repayment (or
repurchase) price not to exceed 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the repayment (or repurchase) date. 

(d) Each application of Excess Proceeds pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 4.12 shall be made on a pro rata basis
among the Notes and any such other Pari Passu 
  

 -72- 

 
Indebtedness in proportion to the respective amounts outstanding under each such item of Indebtedness. To the extent that any Excess Proceeds remain after compliance with clause (c) of this
Section 4.12, Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not prohibited under this Indenture. Upon completion of an Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

 (e) All Net Proceeds and Excess Proceeds from Asset Sales may, pending their application in accordance with this
Section 4.12, be used to temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings under any Credit Facility or be invested in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. 

(f) Within 30 days following an Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date, the Issuer shall send, or at the Issuer’s written request the Trustee
shall send, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, a notice, prepared by the Issuer, to each Holder of Notes at its last registered address, which notice shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer. The notice shall offer to repurchase Notes on
the purchase date specified in such notice (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, other than as required by law) (the “Asset Sale Offer Payment Date”) pursuant to the
procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice. The notice to the Holders shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. Such notice shall state:

 (1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.12 and that all Notes validly
tendered and not validly withdrawn will be accepted for payment; provided, however, that if the aggregate principal amount of Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds available in
connection with the Asset Sale Offer, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis; 

(2) the offer price (including the amount of accrued interest) and the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date (which shall be no
earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, other than as required by law); 

(3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; 

(4) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making payment therefor, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale
Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date; 
 (5) that Holders electing to
have a Note purchased pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent and Registrar for the Note
at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day prior to the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date; 
  

 -73- 

 (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying
Agent receives, not later than the third Business Day prior to the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes the Holder delivered for
purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Note purchased; and 
 (7)
that Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part will be issued new Notes in a principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided, however, that each Note purchased and each new Note issued shall be
in a principal amount of €50,000 or integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof. 
 (g) On the Asset Sale Offer
Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful: 
 (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof (in
integral multiples of €1,000 thereof; provided that the part not purchased must be at least €50,000) validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer; provided, however, that if the aggregate
principal amount of Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds available in connection with the Asset Sale Offer, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis; 

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount in Euros equal to the offer price (including the amount of accrued interest)
in respect of all Notes or portions thereof to be purchased; and 
 (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the
Trustee all Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes (or portions thereof) being purchased by the Issuer. 

Upon receipt by the Paying Agent of the monies specified in clause (2) above and the Officers’ Certificate specified in clause (3) above,
such Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so purchased the offer price (including the amount of accrued interest) for such Notes, and the Issuer shall execute and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the form of an
Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder of Notes a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of
the Notes purchased, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of €50,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or
as soon as practicable after the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date. 
  

 -74- 

 (h) Upon the payment of the offer price (including the amount of accrued interest) for any
Notes purchased in the Asset Sale Offer, the Trustee shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.16, return such Notes to the Issuer for cancellation. Any monies remaining after the purchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer shall be
returned within three Business Days to the Issuer by the Paying Agents. The Trustee may act as the Paying Agent for purposes of any Asset Sale Offer. 

(i) The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations
thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this
Section 4.12, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.12 by virtue thereof. 

SECTION 4.13. Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. 

Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer
to exist or become effective any encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent to: 

(a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock;

 (b) pay any Indebtedness owed to Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(c) make loans or advances to Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 

(d) Transfer any of its properties or assets to Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, 

except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of any of the following: 

(1) Existing Indebtedness, the Existing Credit Facility and any amendments or refinancings thereof; provided that
such amendments or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such encumbrances or restrictions than those contained in such Existing Indebtedness or the Existing Credit Facility, as the case may be, on the
Issue Date; 
  

 -75- 

 (2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees; 

(3) applicable law, rule, regulation or order; 

(4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, as in effect at the time of acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the
properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred; 

(5) Purchase Money Obligations and Capital Lease Obligations permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (3) of
subsection (b) of Section 4.09 for assets acquired that impose restrictions of the nature described in clause (d) above of this Section 4.13 on the assets so acquired; 

(6) an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Equity
Interests or assets of a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent; provided that (a) such sale or disposition is permitted by the terms of this Indenture and (b) such restrictions are limited to the Restricted Subsidiary that is the subject
of such agreement pending its sale or other disposition; 
 (7) Liens securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted
to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.11 that (y) limit the right of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to Transfer or dispose of the assets subject to such Lien or (z) place any restriction on Parent’s or such
Restricted Subsidiary’s use of the assets subject to such Lien; 
 (8) restrictions on cash or other
deposits or net worth requirements imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(9) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in either (i) the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced or (ii) the Existing Credit Facility as in effect on
the Issue Date; 
 (10) Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Entity Indebtedness or other contractual requirements of
an Accounts Receivable Entity in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided that such restrictions apply only to such Accounts Receivable Entity or the receivables which are subject to the Qualified Receivables Transaction;

  

 -76- 

 (11) contractual encumbrances and restrictions in effect on the Issue Date,
and any amendments thereof; provided that such amendments are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than such existing contractual encumbrances and restrictions; 

(12) protective liens filed in connection with Sale and Leaseback Transactions permitted under Section 4.15;

 (13) customary non-assignment provisions of any contract and customary provisions restricting assignment or
subletting in any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent; 
 (14) customary
provisions restricting the disposition or distribution of assets or property to each holder of Capital Stock of a joint venture contained in any joint venture agreement which restriction is limited to the assets or property of such joint venture;

 (15) restrictions in effect on the Issue Date that are contained in charter documents or shareholder
agreements relating to any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent and any amendments thereof; provided that such amendments are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such restrictions than those contained in such
document or agreement as in effect on the Issue Date; and 
 (16) Indebtedness of (y) Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to clause (1) or (18) of subsection (b) of Section 4.09 and (z) the Issuer or any Guarantor incurred pursuant to Section 4.09; provided in the case of clause (z) above with
respect to any Guarantor, such encumbrance or restriction may exist only for so long as such Guarantor continues to Guarantee the Notes. 

SECTION 4.14. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. 

(a) Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, amend or suffer to
exist any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, the sale, purchase, exchange or lease of assets, property or services) with or for the benefit of any Affiliate (each an “Affiliate
Transaction”) or extend, renew, waive or otherwise amend or modify the terms of any Affiliate Transaction entered into prior to the Issue Date unless the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are not materially less favorable to Parent or the
relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those terms which could reasonably be obtained by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in a comparable transaction made on an arm’s-length basis between unaffiliated parties. 

 

 -77- 

 (b) In any Affiliate Transaction (or any series of related Affiliate Transactions which are
similar or part of a common plan) involving an amount or having a Fair Market Value in excess of $100,000,000, Parent must either (i) obtain a board resolution of a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of Parent
certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with subsection (a) of this Section 4.14 or (ii) obtain a favorable written opinion as to the fairness of such transaction or transactions, as the case may be, from an Independent
Financial Advisor. 
 (c) The foregoing provisions shall not apply to: 

(1) any Affiliate Transaction that is between or among Parent and/or any one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 (2) any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is not prohibited by Section 4.10; 

(3) reasonable fees, compensation, benefits and incentive arrangements paid or provided to, and indemnity provided on
behalf of, officers, directors or employees or consultants of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary as determined in good faith by Parent’s Board of Directors or senior management; 

(4) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby
(including pursuant to any amendment thereto) or in any replacement agreement thereto so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders, taken as a whole, than the original agreement as in
effect on the Issue Date; 
 (5) transactions effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

 (6) sales or issuances of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent to Affiliates of Parent;

 (7) transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate of Parent solely because Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary
owns an Equity Interest in or controls such Person; 
 (8) any transaction undertaken pursuant to the Constar
Agreements, including any amendment thereto or replacement thereof so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders, taken as a whole, than the original Constar Agreement so amended or
replaced; and 
 (9) the non-recourse accommodation pledge of equity of any Unrestricted Subsidiary to support
the Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent such pledge is otherwise permitted under this Indenture. 
  

 -78- 

 SECTION 4.15. Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions. 

(a) Prior to the Termination Date, Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any Sale and
Leaseback Transaction; provided that Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a Sale and Leaseback Transaction if: 

(1) Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt
relating to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction pursuant to Section 4.09; 
 (2) the Lien to secure such
Indebtedness does not extend to or cover any assets of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the assets which are the subject of the Sale and Leaseback Transaction; 

(3) the gross cash proceeds of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction are at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the
asset that is the subject of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction; and 
 (4) the Transfer of assets in such Sale
and Leaseback Transaction is permitted by, and the proceeds of such transaction are applied in compliance with Section 4.12. 

(b) Following the Termination Date, Parent shall not, nor shall it permit any Principal Properties Subsidiary to, enter into any
arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing (as lessee) by Parent or any Principal Properties Subsidiary of any Principal Property (except for temporary leases for a term, including any renewal thereof, of not more than three years and
except for leases between Parent and a Principal Properties Subsidiary or between Principal Properties Subsidiaries) which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by Parent or a Principal Properties Subsidiary to such person (herein
referred to as a “Post Termination Date Sale and Leaseback Transaction”) unless either (i) Parent or such Principal Properties Subsidiary would be entitled to incur a Lien on such property without equally and ratably securing
the Notes or the Note Guarantees pursuant to clause (b) of Section 4.11 or (ii) the net proceeds of such sale are at least equal to the fair value (as determined by the Board of Directors) of such property and Parent shall apply an
amount equal to the net proceeds of such sale to (A) the retirement (other than any mandatory retirement or payment at maturity) of (x) Notes (other than any retirement prohibited by the terms of any Notes pursuant to prohibitions on
advance refundings) or (y) Funded Debt of Parent, the Issuer or any Principal Properties Subsidiary ranking prior to or on a parity with the Notes or (B) the acquisition, construction or improvement of a Principal Property, within 120 days
of the effective date of any such arrangement. 
 (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (b) of this
Section 4.15, Parent or any Principal Properties Subsidiary may enter into Post Termination Date Sale and Leaseback Transactions, if at the time of such entering into, and after giving effect thereto, Exempted Indebtedness does not exceed 10%
of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. 
  

 -79- 

 SECTION 4.16. Reports to Holders. 

(a) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding hereunder, the Issuer
shall furnish to the Trustee and Holders thereof the following: 
 (1) all quarterly and annual financial
information of Parent that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if Parent were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations” that describes the financial condition and results of operations of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries (showing in reasonable detail, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto and in
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, the financial condition and results of operations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Parent, if any) and, with respect to the annual information only, a report
thereon by Parent’s certified independent accountants; and 
 (2) all current reports that would be required
to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if Parent were required to file such reports, 
 in each case, within the time periods specified in
the Commission’s rules and regulations. 
 (b) In addition, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the
Commission, Parent shall file a copy of all such information and reports with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a
filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. In addition, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, furnish to the Holders of such Notes and to
securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. The Issuer will comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(a). 

(c) The Issuer will also make available copies of all reports required by clauses (1) through (2) of the first paragraph of
this covenant, if and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and admitted for trading on the Euro MTF Market, at the offices of the Paying Agent in Luxembourg or, to the extent and in the manner
permitted by such rules, post such reports on the official website of the Issuer. 
  

 -80- 

 SECTION 4.17. Limitation on Creation of Subsidiaries. 

(a) Parent shall not create, acquire or suffer to exist, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to create, acquire or
suffer to exist, any Subsidiary other than: 
 (1) a Restricted Subsidiary existing as of the Issue Date or that
is acquired or created after the Issue Date; provided, however, that each 
 (A) Domestic
Subsidiary, Canadian Subsidiary or U.K. Subsidiary of Parent that from time to time is an obligor under the Existing Credit Facility or directly or indirectly (by way of the pledge of any intercompany note or otherwise) Guarantees or in any other
manner becomes liable with respect to any Indebtedness of the Issuer, Parent or any other Guarantor (including, without limitation, the Existing Credit Facility); and 

(B) Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that directly or indirectly (by way of the pledge of any intercompany note or
otherwise) Guarantees or in any other manner becomes liable with respect to any Indebtedness of the Issuer, Parent or any other Guarantor (including, without limitation, Indebtedness under the Existing Credit Facility) or is otherwise an obligor
under the Existing Credit Facility (unless, in each case, the incurrence of such Note Guarantee is prohibited under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation (as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel)) 

must execute a Note Guarantee (and with such documentation relating thereto as are required under the Indenture,
including, without limitation, a supplement or amendment to the Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel as to the enforceability of such Note Guarantee), pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will become a Guarantor; or 

(2) an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

(b) A Note Guarantee of any Guarantor shall be subject to release and discharge as provided under Article Ten. 

SECTION 4.18. Termination of Certain Covenants in Event of Investment Grade Rating. 

If at any time (the “Termination Date”) (a) the Notes issued under this Indenture have Investment Grade Ratings
from both Rating Agencies and (b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall no longer be subject to the following provisions of this Indenture: 

(1) Section 4.08; 
  

 -81- 

 (2) Section 4.09; 

(3) Section 4.10; 

(4) upon the making of the election described in clause (b) of Section 4.11, clause (a) of
Section 4.11; 
 (5) Section 4.12; 

(6) Section 4.13; 

(7) Section 4.14; 

(8) clause (a) of Section 4.15; and 

(9) subclause (a)(4) of Section 5.01 

(collectively, the “Terminated Covenants”). From and after the Termination Date, the Terminated Covenants shall not be subject to
reinstatement notwithstanding any event including, without limitation, that subsequently, either of the Rating Agencies withdraws its rating or downgrades the ratings assigned to any Notes issued under this Indenture below the required Investment
Grade Ratings such that both Rating Agencies at such time shall not have assigned to all Notes issued under this Indenture an Investment Grade Rating or a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. 

SECTION 4.19. Maintenance of Listing. 

The Issuer will use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the listing of the Notes on the Euro MTF market for so long as such
Notes are outstanding; provided that if at any time the Issuer determines that it will not maintain such listing, it will obtain, prior to the delisting of the Notes from the Euro MTF market, and thereafter use its commercially reasonable efforts to
maintain, a listing of such Notes on another recognized stock exchange or exchange regulated market in western Europe. 
 SECTION 4.20.
Payment of Additional Amounts 
 (a) All payments made by the Issuer under or with respect to a Note or by a Guarantor
under or with respect to a Note Guarantee shall be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest
and other liabilities related thereto) (hereinafter, “Taxes”) imposed or levied by or on behalf of the government of France or any other jurisdiction in which the Issuer or any Guarantor (or any successor

  

 -82- 

 
Person) is organized or is a resident or does business for tax purposes or within or through which payment is made or any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein
(any of the aforementioned being a “Taxing Jurisdiction”), unless the Issuer or such Guarantor is required to withhold or deduct any such Taxes by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof. 

(b) If the Issuer or any Guarantor is so required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes from any payment made under
or with respect to a Note or a Note Guarantee of such Guarantor, or if a Holder actually pays any such Taxes where the Issuer or Guarantor has failed to withhold or deduct Taxes required to be withheld or deducted from any payment made under or with
respect to a Note or a Note Guarantee, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, shall, pay such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by the Holder of such Note (including
Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction of such Taxes (including any Taxes in such Additional Amounts) shall not be less than the amount such Holder would have received if such Taxes had not been required to be withheld or deducted;
provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Additional Amounts will not be paid: 
 (1)
to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed, deducted or withheld but for the payment in a non-cooperative State or territory (Etat ou territoire non coopératif) within the meaning of
article 238.0 A of the French Code général des impôts; 
 (2) to the extent the Taxes
giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed, deducted or withheld but for the existence of any present or former connection between the Holder or beneficial owner of a Note (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member
or shareholder of, or possessor of power over, the Holder or beneficial owner of such Note, if the Holder or beneficial owner is an estate, nominee, trust, partnership or corporation) and the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (other than the receipt of
such payment or the acquisition, ownership, holding or disposition of or the execution, delivery, registration or enforcement of such Note or Guarantee); 

(3) subject to subsection (f) of this Section 4.20, with respect to any estate, inheritance, gift, sales,
excise, transfer or personal property tax or similar tax, assessment or governmental charge; 
 (4) subject to
subsection (f) of this Section 4.20, with respect to any Taxes payable otherwise than by deduction or withholding from payments under or with respect to such Note; 

(5) to the extent such Taxes would not have been imposed, deducted or withheld if the Holder or beneficial owner of the
Note or beneficial owner of any 
  

 -83- 

 
payment on such Note had (i) made a declaration of non-residence, or any other claim or filing for exemption, to which it is entitled or (ii) complied with (to the extent legally able
to do so) any certification, identification, information, documentation or other reporting requirement concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction of such Holder or beneficial owner of such
Note or any payment on such Note (provided that (x) such declaration of nonresidence or other claim or filing for exemption or such compliance is required by the applicable law of the Taxing Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption
from, or reduction in the rate of the imposition, deduction or withholding of, such Taxes and (y) at least 30 days prior to the first payment date with respect to which such declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption or
such compliance is required under the applicable law of the Taxing Jurisdiction, the relevant Holder at that time has been notified in writing by the Issuer, any Guarantor or any other Person through whom payment may be made that a declaration of
non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption or such compliance is required to be made); 
 (6) to the
extent such Taxes would not have been imposed, deducted or withheld if the beneficiary of the payment had presented the Note for payment within 30 days after the date on which such payment or such Note became due and payable or the date on which
payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever is later (except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented on the last day of such 30-day period); 

(7) any payment under or with respect to a Note to any Holder that is a fiduciary or partnership or any person other than
the sole beneficial owner of such payment or Note, to the extent that a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary, a member of such a partnership or the beneficial owner of such payment or Note would not have been entitled to the
Additional Amounts had such beneficiary, settlor, member or beneficial owner been the actual Holder of such Note; or 

(8) any combination of items (1) through (7) above. 

The foregoing provisions shall survive any termination or discharge of this Indenture and shall apply mutatis mutandis to any Taxing Jurisdiction
with respect to any successor Person to the Issuer or a Guarantor. 
 (c) The Issuer or the applicable Guarantor will also make
any applicable withholding or deduction and remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law. The Issuer or the applicable Guarantor will furnish to the Trustee, within 30 days after the date the
payment of any Taxes deducted or withheld is due pursuant to applicable law, certified copies of tax receipts or, if such tax receipts are not reasonably available to the Issuer or such Guarantor, such other documentation that provides reasonable
evidence of such payment by the Issuer or such Guarantor. Copies of such receipts or other documentation will be made available to the Holders or the Paying Agent, as applicable, upon request. 

 

 -84- 

 (d) At least 30 days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect to any
Notes is due and payable, unless such obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises after the 30th day prior to such date, in which case it shall be promptly paid thereafter, if the Issuer or any Guarantor will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts
with respect to such payment, the Issuer or such Guarantor will deliver to the Trustee and the Paying Agent an officers’ certificate stating the fact that such Additional Amounts will be payable and the amounts so payable and will set forth
such other information necessary to enable such Trustee and Paying Agents to pay such Additional Amounts to Holders of Notes on the payment date. Each officers’ certificate shall be relied upon until receipt of a further officers’
certificate addressing such matters. 
 (e) Whenever in this Indenture or the Notes there is mentioned, in any context, the
payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or of any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional
Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof. 
 (f) The Issuer and the Guarantors will pay any present or future
stamp, court or documentary taxes or any other excise, property or similar taxes, charges or levies that arise in any Taxing Jurisdiction from the execution, issue, delivery, enforcement or registration of the Notes, the Indenture, any Guarantee or
any other document or instrument in relation thereto, and the Issuer and the Guarantors will agree to indemnify the Holders of the Notes for any such taxes paid by such Holders. 

ARTICLE FIVE 

SUCCESSOR CORPORATION 
 SECTION
5.01. Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets. 
 (a) (i) Neither Parent nor the Issuer shall consolidate or merge with
or into any other Person or Transfer all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole and (ii) neither Parent nor the Issuer shall permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, in
a single transaction or a series of related transactions, Transfer all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in each case, to another Person unless: 

(1) (A) in the case of a merger, consolidation or Transfer involving Parent, Parent is the surviving corporation or the
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Parent) or to which such Transfer has been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia,
and 
  

 -85- 

 (B) in the case of a merger, consolidation or Transfer involving the Issuer,
the Issuer is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such Transfer has been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of a member state of
the European Union (as it existed on December 31, 2003), Switzerland, the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia; 

(2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Parent or the Issuer, as the case
may be) or the Person to which such Transfer has been made assumes all the obligations of Parent, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary under the Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture or amendment of
the relevant documents; 
 (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 (4) Parent or the Issuer, as the case may be, or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or
merger or to which such Transfer has been made will, at the time of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at
least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in clause (a) of Section 4.09. 

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the following shall be permitted: 

(1) the consolidation or merger of Parent with or into or the Transfer of all or substantially all of the property or
assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to Crown, other than any such merger or consolidation or Transfer to a Restricted Subsidiary of Crown; 

(2) the Transfer of all or substantially all of the property or assets of Crown and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as
a whole, to Crown, other than any Transfer to a Restricted Subsidiary of Crown; and 
 (3) the consolidation or
merger of the Issuer with or into or the Transfer of all or substantially all of the property or assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to Crown, other than any such consolidation or merger with or into or Transfer
to a Restricted Subsidiary of Crown. 
  

 -86- 

 (c) This Section 5.01 shall not prohibit: 

(1) a consolidation or merger between the Issuer and a Guarantor other than Crown; 

(2) a consolidation or merger between a Guarantor and any other Guarantor other than Crown; 

(3) a consolidation or merger between a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer) that is not a Guarantor and any
other Restricted Subsidiary other than Crown; 
 (4) the Transfer of all or substantially all of the properties
or assets of a Guarantor to the Issuer and/or any other Guarantor other than Crown; or 
 (5) the Transfer of all
or substantially all of the properties or assets of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Issuer) that is not a Guarantor to any other Restricted Subsidiary other than Crown; 

provided that, in each case involving the Issuer or a Guarantor, if the Issuer or such Guarantor is not the surviving entity of such transaction
or the Person to which such Transfer is made, the surviving entity or the Person to which such Transfer is made shall comply with subsection (a)(2) of this Section 5.01. 

SECTION 5.02. Successor Person Substituted. 

Upon any consolidation, combination or merger of Parent, the Issuer or any other Guarantor, or any Transfer of all or substantially all
of the assets of Parent or the Issuer in accordance with the foregoing provisions of Section 5.01, in which Parent, the Issuer or such Guarantor is not the continuing obligor under the Notes or its related Note Guarantee, the surviving entity
formed by such consolidation or into which Parent, the Issuer or such Guarantor is merged or to which the Transfer is made will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of Parent, the Issuer or such Guarantor under
this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees with the same effect as if such surviving entity had been named therein as Parent, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, and, except in the case of a Transfer to Parent or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, Parent, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes or in respect of its Note Guarantee, as the case may be, and all of
Parent’s, the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s, as the case may be, other obligations and covenants under the Notes, this Indenture and its Note Guarantee, if applicable. 

 

 -87- 

 ARTICLE SIX 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
 SECTION
6.01. Events of Default. 
 Each of the following constitutes an “Event of Default” with respect to the
Notes: 
 (1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest with respect to the Notes; 

(2) default in payment when due of principal or premium, if any, on the Notes at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise;

 (3) failure by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with any of the provisions under
Section 4.08, Section 4.12 or Article Five; 
 (4) failure by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of
Parent for 60 days after receipt of notice from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding under this Indenture to comply with any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture (other than the
covenants and agreements specified in clauses (1) through (3) of this Section 6.01); 
 (5)
default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by Parent or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists or is created after the Issue Date, but (for so long as the Proceeds Sharing Agreement shall be in effect) excluding any Indebtedness which is Covered Debt under
the Proceeds Sharing Agreement, which default (a) is caused by a failure to pay when due at final stated maturity (giving effect to any grace period related thereto) principal of such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”) or
(b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any such Indebtedness under which there has been a
Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $50,000,000 or more; 
 (6) failure
by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments (net of any amounts covered by insurance and as to which such insurer has not denied responsibility or coverage in writing) aggregating $50,000,000 or more, which judgments are
not paid, discharged, bonded or stayed within 60 days after their entry; 
  

 -88- 

 (7) (A) a court having jurisdiction over Parent, the Issuer or any
other Restricted Subsidiary of Parent enters (x) a decree or order for relief in respect of Parent, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent that is a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Parent that, taken
together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law or (y) a decree or order adjudging Parent, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent that is a Significant Subsidiary or
group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Parent that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary as bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in
respect of Parent, the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries under any Bankruptcy Law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of Parent, the
Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such
other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days or (B) Parent, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent that is a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Parent that, taken
together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (i) commences a voluntary case under any Bankruptcy Law or consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any Bankruptcy Law, (ii) consents to the appointment
of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of Parent, the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries or for all or substantially all the
property and assets of Parent, the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries, (iii) effects any general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (iv) generally is not paying its debts as they become
due; 
 (8) any Note Guarantee of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and
effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Note Guarantee and this Indenture) or is declared null and void and unenforceable or found to be invalid or any Guarantor denies its liability under its Note Guarantee (other than by reason of
release of a Guarantor from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such Note Guarantee); and 

(9) the occurrence of a Triggering Event with respect to any Covered Debt under the Proceeds Sharing Agreement and the
continuance of the event(s) or circumstance(s) giving rise to such Triggering Event until the earlier of (y) the 60th day following the occurrence of such Triggering Event and (z) the date of the acceleration of all of Parent’s and
its Restricted Subsidiaries’ obligations in respect of Indebtedness under any Credit Facility. 
  

 -89- 

 SECTION 6.02. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission. 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, either the Trustee, by notice in writing to the Issuer, or the
Holders of at least (y) 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, in the case of any Event of Default arising under any of clauses (1) through (8) inclusive in Section 6.01 and (z) a majority in
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding under the Indenture in the case of an Event of Default arising under Section 6.01(9) may, in each case by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Trustee, specifying the respective Event of Default
and that it is a “notice of acceleration”, may declare the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes to be due and payable, and upon such declaration of acceleration, such principal of and premium, if
any, and accrued interest, if any, shall be immediately due and payable; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) occurs with respect to Parent or the Issuer, the
principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes then outstanding shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if after such acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on such acceleration is obtained by the
Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes may rescind and annul such acceleration if: 

(1) all Events of Default, other than nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that has become due solely
because of the acceleration, have been cured or waived; 
 (2) to the extent the payment of such interest is
lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; 

(3) the Issuer has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses,
disbursements, indemnities and advances; and 
 (4) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of
the type described in Section 6.01(7), the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. 

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies. 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect
the payment of principal of, or 
  

 -90- 

 
premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture and may take any necessary action requested by the Holders of a majority
of the principal amount outstanding of the Notes to settle, compromise, adjust or otherwise conclude any proceedings to which it is a party. 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A
delay or omission by the Trustee or any Noteholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of
any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative. Any costs associated with actions taken by the Trustee under this Section 6.03 shall be reimbursed to the Trustee by the Issuer and the Guarantors. 

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Existing Defaults and Events of Default. 

(a) Subject to Sections 2.10, 6.02, 6.08 and 8.02, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall have
the right to waive past Defaults under this Indenture except a Default in the payment of the principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on any Note as specified in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 6.01 or in respect of a
covenant or a provision which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of all Holders as provided for in Section 8.02. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the requisite percentage of
Holders have consented to such waiver and attaching copies of such consents. In case of any such waiver, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the Notes, respectively. This
subsection (a) of this Section 6.04 shall be in lieu of TIA § 316(a)(1)(B), and TIA § 316(a)(1)(B) is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA. 

(b) Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been
cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 

SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority. 

Subject to Sections 2.10 and 7.01, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have the right to direct the
time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee by this Indenture. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that
conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Holder not taking part in such direction, and the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the
Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken or if the 
  

 -91- 

 
Trustee in good faith shall, by a Responsible Officer, determine that the proceedings so directed may involve it in personal liability; provided that the Trustee may take any other action
deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. In the event the Trustee takes any action or follows any direction pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification reasonably satisfactory to it
against any loss or expense caused by taking such action or following such direction. This Section 6.05 shall be in lieu of TIA § 316(a)(1)(A), and TIA § 316(a)(1)(A) is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as
permitted by the TIA. 
 SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits. 

Subject to Section 6.08, a Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 

(1) the Holder has given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; 

(2) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding make a written request to the Trustee to
pursue the remedy; 
 (3) such Holder or Holders offer the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against
any costs, liability or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt
of the request and the offer of indemnity; and 
 (5) during such 60-day period, the Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction that is inconsistent with the request. 

A Noteholder may not use any provision of this Indenture to disturb or prejudice the rights of another Noteholder or to obtain a
preference or priority over another Noteholder. 
 SECTION 6.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and
Stockholders. 
 No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of Parent or of any Restricted Subsidiary of
Parent, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each
Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. 
  

 -92- 

 SECTION 6.08. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of the principal of or
premium, if any, or interest, if any, on such Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment, on or after such respective due dates, is absolute and unconditional and shall
not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder. 
 SECTION 6.09. Collection Suit by Trustee. 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust
against the Issuer or any Guarantor (or any other obligor on the Notes) for the whole amount of unpaid principal and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is
lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate set forth in the Notes, and such further amounts as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
 SECTION 6.10. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of
the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07) and the Noteholders allowed in any judicial
proceedings relative to the Issuer or any Guarantor (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such
claims and to distribute the same after deduction of its charges and expenses to the extent that any such charges and expenses are not paid out of the estate in any such proceedings and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby
authorized by each Noteholder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Noteholders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. 

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any
Noteholder any plan or reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Noteholder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder in any such proceedings.

  

 -93- 

 SECTION 6.11. Priorities. 

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article Six, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 

FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07; 

SECOND: to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably,
without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes; and 
 THIRD:
to the Issuer or, to the extent the Trustee collects any amount from any Guarantor, to such Guarantor. 
 The Trustee may fix a
record date and payment date for any payment to Noteholders pursuant to this Section 6.11. 
 SECTION 6.12. Undertaking for Costs.

 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action
taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable
attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.12 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by
a Noteholder pursuant to Section 6.08 or a suit by Noteholders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. 

ARTICLE SEVEN 

TRUSTEE 
 SECTION 7.01.
Duties of Trustee. 
 (a) If a Default or Event of Default actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has
occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the same circumstances.

 The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and
this Indenture. 
  

 -94- 

 (b) Except during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default of which a Responsible
Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge: 
 (1) The Trustee need perform only those duties expressly set
forth in this Indenture and no others. 
 (2) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture but, in the case of any such
certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this
Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). Whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established
prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officers’ Certificate, subject to the
requirement in the preceding sentence, if applicable. 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1) This
paragraph does not limit the effect of subsection (b) of this Section 7.01. 
 (2) The Trustee shall
not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts. 

(3) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with
a direction received by it pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
 (4) No provision of this Indenture shall
require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its rights, powers or duties. 
  

 -95- 

 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, subsections (a), (b), (c) and
(e) of this Section 7.01 shall govern every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee. 
 (e)
The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have fully indemnified the
Trustee to the satisfaction of the Trustee, against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction (including, but not limited to, the fees and disbursements of agents and attorneys).
The Trustee’s fees, expenses and indemnities (including, but not limited to, the fees and disbursements of agents and attorneys) are included in the amounts guaranteed by the Note Guarantees. 

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer
or any Guarantor. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by the law. 

SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee. 

Subject to Section 7.01: 

(1) The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution,
certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document (whether in its original or facsimile form) believed by it to be
genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties, whether such document is in original or facsimile form; even if it has a monetary limit. 

(2) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution,
certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may make such
further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation except for liability resulting
from the Trustee’s negligence or willful misconduct, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or
attorney. 
 (3) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or
an Opinion of Counsel, or both, which shall conform to the provisions of Section 11.05. The Trustee shall be protected and shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion.

  

 -96- 

 (4) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be
responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent appointed by it with due care. 
 (5) The
Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute negligence or
willful misconduct. 
 (6) The Trustee will not be liable if prevented or delayed in performing any of its
obligations by reason of any present or future law applicable to it, by any governmental or regulatory authority or by any circumstances beyond its control. 

(7) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law
shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. 

(8) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its
right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder (including but not limited to as Registrar and as Paying Agent), and each agent, custodian and other person employed to act
hereunder. 
 (9) The right of the Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated in this Indenture shall
not be construed as a duty, and the Trustee shall not be answerable for other than its own negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of such act. 

(10) The Trustee may from time to time request that the Issuer deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the
names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to the Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any persons authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any
person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded. 
 (11) The
Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the covenants of the Issuer. 
 (12) In no event
shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of, or caused by, directly 

 

 -97- 

 
or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural
catastrophes or acts of God; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable best efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 (13) Trustee entitled to assume without enquiry, that the Issuer has performed in accordance with all of the
provisions in the Indenture, unless notified to the contrary. 
 (14) Under no circumstances will the Trustee be
liable to the Issuer for any consequential loss (being loss of business, goodwill, opportunity or profit), even if advised of the possibility of such loss or damage. 

(15) The Trustee may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer with the same rights it
would have if it were not Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar or such other agent. 
 SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee.

 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept
deposits from, perform services for or otherwise deal with either the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any Affiliates thereof, with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting
interest, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue as Trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall also be subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

 SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Notes or any
Note Guarantee, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s use of the proceeds from the sale of Notes, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent (other than itself
as Paying Agent) or any money paid to the Issuer or any Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and it shall not be responsible for any statement in the Notes, the Note Guarantees or this Indenture other than its certificate of
authentication. 
 SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults. 

If a Default or an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee
shall give to each Noteholder a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs in the manner and to the extent 

 

 -98- 

 
provided in the TIA and otherwise as provided in this Indenture. Except in the case of a Default or an Event of Default relating to the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note
(including payments pursuant to a redemption or repurchase of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture) or relating to Article Five of this Indenture, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a Responsible Officer in good
faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders. 
 SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders. 

If required by TIA § 313(a), within 60 days after March 1 of any year, commencing on the March 1 following the date
of this Indenture, the Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder a brief report dated as of such date that complies with TIA § 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all
reports as required by TIA § 313(c) and TIA § 313(d). 
 Reports pursuant to this Section 7.06 shall be
transmitted by mail: 
 (1) to all Holders of Notes, as the names and addresses of such Holders appear on the
Registrar’s books; and 
 (2) to such Holders of Notes as have, within the two years preceding such
transmission, filed their names and addresses with the Trustee for that purpose. 
 A copy of each report at the time of its
mailing to Holders shall be filed with the Commission and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee, in writing, when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or delisted therefrom. 

SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. 

The Issuer and the Guarantors shall pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation as agreed upon for its services hereunder (which
compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust). The Issuer and the Guarantors shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances
incurred or made by it in connection with the Trustee’s duties under this Indenture, including, but not limited to, the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and external counsel and such additional
fees as may be applicable in the event of a potential Event of Default, an Event of Default or in relation to the exceptional duties. 

The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify each of the Trustee and its agents, employees, stockholders,
directors and officers and any predecessor Trustee for, and hold each of them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, liability 

 

 -99- 

 
or expense, including without limitation taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee) and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by each of them in connection with
the acceptance or performance of its duties under this Indenture and including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties
hereunder (including, without limitation, settlement costs). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer and the Guarantors in writing promptly of any claim of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge asserted against the Trustee for
which it may seek indemnity; provided that the failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not relieve the Issuer and Guarantors of their obligations hereunder except to the extent the Issuer and the Guarantors are
actually prejudiced thereby. In the event that a conflict of interest exists, the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer and the Guarantors need not reimburse the Trustee for any expense or indemnify it against any
loss or liability to have been incurred by the Trustee through its own negligence or willful misconduct. 
 To secure the
payment obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee except for such money or property held in trust to pay
principal of and interest on particular Notes. Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 The
obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances
shall be joint and several liabilities of the Issuer and each of the Guarantors and shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction, discharge or other termination of this Indenture, including any termination or
rejection hereof under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default
specified in Section 6.01 (7) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable Bankruptcy Law. 

For purposes of this Section 7.07, the term “Trustee” shall include any trustee appointed pursuant to this
Article Seven. The provisions of this Section 7.07 shall apply to Trustee in its capacity as Paying Agent, Registrar and any other Agent under this Indenture. 

The provisions of this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 

 

 -100- 

 SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. 

The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer and the Guarantors in writing. The Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by notifying the Issuer and the removed Trustee in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee with the Issuer’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The
Issuer may remove the Trustee at their election if: 
 (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

 (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the
Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its
property; or 
 (4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. 
 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is
removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition at the expense of the Issuer any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, Noteholders holding at least 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition any
court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 A successor
Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Immediately following such delivery, the retiring Trustee shall, subject to its rights under Section 7.07, transfer all property held by it
as Trustee to the successor Trustee, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall
mail notice of its succession to each Noteholder. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger, etc. 

If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust assets to,
another corporation, subject to Section 7.10, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee; provided that such entity shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article Seven. 

 

 -101- 

 SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. 

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1) and (2) in every respect. The
Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 as set forth in the most recent applicable published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b); provided, however, that
there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such
exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met. 
 SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer. 

The Trustee is subject to and shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA
§ 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 

SECTION 7.12. Paying Agents. 

The Issuer shall cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to it and the Trustee an instrument in which such
Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 7.12: 
 (A) that it
will hold all sums held by it as agent for the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Issuer or by any obligor on the Notes) in trust for the benefit of Holders of the
Notes or the Trustee; 
 (B) that it will at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default, upon
written request from the Trustee, deliver to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by it together with a full accounting thereof; and 

(C) that it will give the Trustee written notice within three Business Days of any failure of the Issuer (or by any
obligor on the Notes) in the payment of any installment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes when the same shall be due and payable. 

SECTION 7.13 Communications. 

In no event shall the Agent or any other entity of The Bank of New York Mellon be liable for any Losses arising to the Agent or any other
entity of The Bank of New York 
  

 -102- 

 
Mellon receiving or transmitting any data from any Issuer, any Authorized Person or any party to the transaction via any non-secure method of transmission or communication, such as, but without
limitation, by facsimile or email. 
 The parties hereto accept that some methods of communication are not secure and the Agent
or any other entity of The Bank of New York Mellon shall incur no liability for receiving instructions via any such non-secure method. The Agent or any other entity of The Bank of New York Mellon is authorized to comply with and rely upon any such
notice, instructions or other communications believed by it to have been sent or given by an Authorized Person or an appropriate party to the transaction (or authorized representative thereof). The Issuer or authorized officer of the Issuer shall
use all reasonable endeavors to ensure that instructions transmitted to the Agent or any other entity of The Bank of New York Mellon pursuant to this Indenture are complete and correct. Any instructions shall be conclusively deemed to be valid
instructions from the Issuer or authorized officer of the Issuer to the Agent or any other entity of The Bank of New York Mellon for the purposes of this Indenture. 

ARTICLE EIGHT 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 

SECTION 8.01. Without Consent of Noteholders. 

Notwithstanding Section 8.02, the Issuer and Trustee may modify and amend this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees without
the consent of any Holder for any of the following purposes: 
 (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or
inconsistency; 
 (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of Physical Notes;

 (3) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders in
the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s assets; 

(4) to secure the Notes; 

(5) to add any Guarantor or release any Guarantor from its Note Guarantee if such release is in accordance with the terms
of this Indenture; 
 (6) to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Guarantor and Note
Guarantee when such release, termination or discharge is permitted elsewhere in this Indenture; 
  

 -103- 

 (7) to add to the covenants of the Issuer and the Guarantors for the benefit
of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer and the Guarantors; 

(8) to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes; 

(9) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely
affect the rights under this Indenture of any Holder in any material respect; or 
 (10) to comply with
requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA. 
 SECTION 8.02. With
Consent of Noteholders. 
 (a) Except to the extent provided in Section 8.01 and subsection (b) of this
Section 8.02, this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees or any provision of the Proceeds Sharing Agreement affecting the Holders may be amended with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, tender offer or exchange offer for Notes), and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture,
the Notes or the Note Guarantees or any provision of the Proceeds Sharing Agreement affecting the Holders may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class
(including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, tender offer or exchange offer for Notes). 

(b) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section 8.02, without the consent of each Holder of Notes issued under this
Indenture affected thereby, an amendment or waiver may not (with respect to any Note held by a non-consenting Holder): 

(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture whose Holders must consent to an amendment,
supplement or waiver; 
 (2) reduce the principal amount of or change the Maturity Date of any Notes, or alter
the provisions with respect to the redemption of any such Notes other than, except as set forth in clause (7) below, the provisions of Section 4.08 or 4.12 of this Indenture; 

(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any such Notes; 

 

 -104- 

 (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or
premium, if any, or interest on any such Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from
such acceleration); 
 (5) make any such Note payable in currency other than that stated in such Note;

 (6) make any change to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the waiver of past Defaults or the rights
of Holders of the Notes issued hereunder to receive payments of principal of or interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes or otherwise impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to the Notes
or the Note Guarantees; 
 (7) after the Issuer’s obligation to purchase Notes arises hereunder, amend,
change or modify in any material respect the obligation of the Issuer to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer with respect to a Change of Control that has occurred or make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer with respect to any Asset Sale
that has been consummated, including, without limitation, in each case, by amending, changing or modifying any of the definitions relating thereto; 

(8) release Parent, Crown or any other Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary from any of its obligations under its
Note Guarantee or this Indenture otherwise than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or 
 (9) modify
or change any provision of this Indenture affecting the ranking of the Notes or Note Guarantees in a manner adverse to the Holders of Notes. 

(c) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 8.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed
amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 (d) After an
amendment, supplement or waiver under Section 8.01 or this Section 8.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice,
or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 SECTION
8.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture, the Notes or the Note
Guarantees shall comply with the TIA as then in effect. 
  

 -105- 

 SECTION 8.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents. 

(a) After an amendment, supplement, waiver or other action becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing
consent conclusive and binding upon such Holder and every subsequent Holder of the same Note or portion thereof, and of any Note issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in place thereof, even if notation of the consent is not
made on any such Note. 
 (b) The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining
the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Noteholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only
such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Noteholders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective
for more than 90 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Noteholders has been obtained. 
 (c)
After an amendment, supplement, waiver or other action under Section 8.01 or Section 8.02 becomes effective, it shall bind every Noteholder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (1) through (9) of
Section 8.02(b). In that case the amendment, supplement, waiver or other action shall bind each Noteholder who has consented to it and every subsequent Noteholder or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s
Note. 
 SECTION 8.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

If an amendment, supplement, or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee (in accordance with the specific written direction of the
Issuer) shall request the Holder of the Note (in accordance with the specific written direction of the Issuer) to deliver it to the Trustee. In such case, the Trustee shall place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and return
it to the Noteholder. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determines, the Issuer in exchange for the Note shall issue, the Guarantors shall endorse and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’
Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment,
supplement or waiver. 
 SECTION 8.06. Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc. 

The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Eight if the amendment, supplement or
waiver does not affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee, the Trustee may, but need not, sign such amendment, supplement

  

 -106- 

 
or waiver. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in signing or refusing to sign an amendment, supplement or waiver the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and, subject to
Section 7.01, shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating, in addition to the matters required by Section 11.04, that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or
permitted by this Indenture and is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and the Guarantors, enforceable against the Issuer and the Guarantors in accordance with its terms (subject to customary exceptions). 

ARTICLE NINE 

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE 

SECTION 9.01. Discharge of Indenture. 

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes and Note Guarantees, and the Trustee, at the
expense of the Issuer, will execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees, when all amounts due to the Trustee shall have been paid and either: 

(1) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee all outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture (other than (i) Notes which
have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.08 hereof and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and
thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust) for cancellation; or 
 (2) (a) all Notes
outstanding under this Indenture (I) have become due and payable, whether at maturity or as a result of the mailing of a notice of redemption, or (II) will become due and payable within one year, or are to be called for redemption within one
year, under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer or any Guarantor irrevocably deposits with the Trustee as trust
funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in Euros, EU Government Obligations or a combination thereof in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay
the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes outstanding under this Indenture on the maturity date or on the applicable optional redemption date, as the case may be; (b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or
by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound; (c) the Issuer or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by the Issuer or any Guarantor under this Indenture; and (d) the Issuer has delivered (I) irrevocable

  

 -107- 

 
instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be, and (II) an
Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with and that such satisfaction and discharge does
not result in a default under any agreement or instrument then known to such counsel which binds or affects the Issuer. 
 The Trustee shall
acknowledge satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer. 
 Notwithstanding the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Issuer in Article Two and in Sections 4.01, 4.02, 7.07, 9.05 and 9.06 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge. 

SECTION 9.02. Legal Defeasance. 

The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors discharged with
respect to the outstanding Notes on a date the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, such Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer will be deemed to have paid and
discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture insofar as such Notes are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, shall,
subject to Section 9.06, execute instruments in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and the Issuer acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:
(1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust funds described in Section 9.04 and as more fully set forth in Section 9.04, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on
such Notes when such payments are due, (2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article Two and Sections 4.02, 4.03 and 4.05, (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties, and immunities of the Trustee hereunder
(including claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07) and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith and (4) this Article Nine. 

Concurrently with any Legal Defeasance, the Issuer may, at its further option, cause to be terminated, as of the date on which such Legal
Defeasance occurs, all of the obligations under any or all of the Note Guarantees, if any, then existing and obtain the release of the Note Guarantees of any or all Guarantors. In order to exercise such option regarding a Note Guarantee, the Issuer
shall provide the Trustee with written notice of its desire to terminate such Note Guarantee prior to the delivery of the Opinions of Counsel referred to in Section 9.04. 

 

 -108- 

 Subject to compliance with this Article Nine, the Issuer may exercise its option under
this Section 9.02 with respect to the Notes notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 9.03 below with respect to the Notes. 

SECTION 9.03. Covenant Defeasance. 

The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have their obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors under
Sections 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16 and 4.17 (except for obligations mandated by the TIA) and clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) released with respect to the outstanding Notes on a date the
conditions set forth in Section 9.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may fail to comply with and shall have
no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any
other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture, the Notes and the Note
Guarantees shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise of the option in this Section 9.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 9.04, Sections 6.01(3), (4), (5) and
(6) shall not constitute Events of Default. 
 Notwithstanding any discharge or release of any obligations under this
Indenture pursuant to Section 9.02 or this Section 9.03, the Issuer’s obligations in Article Two and Sections 7.07, 9.05, 9.06, 9.07 and 9.08 shall survive until such time as the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the
Issuer’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 9.05, 9.07 and 9.08 shall survive. 
 SECTION 9.04. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance. 
 The following shall be the conditions to application of Section 9.02 or Section 9.03 to the
outstanding Notes: 
 (1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the
Holders of the Notes issued under this Indenture, cash in Euros, EU Government Obligations or a combination thereof in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants (such opinion
shall be addressed and delivered to the Trustee, and upon which the Trustee shall have no liability in relying), to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes outstanding under this Indenture on the stated maturity date or on the
applicable optional redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; 
  

 -109- 

 (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the
Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States (upon which the Trustee shall have no liability in relying) confirming that (a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or
(b) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the Notes outstanding under
this Indenture will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been
the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall
have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States (upon which the Trustee shall have no liability in relying) confirming that the Holders of the Notes outstanding under this Indenture will not recognize income, gain or loss
for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 (4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other
than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) or insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the
date of deposit; 
 (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of,
or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound; 

(6) the Issuer must have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (upon which the Trustee shall have no liability in
relying) to the effect that assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Issuer or any Guarantor between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the deposit and assuming that no Holder is an “insider” of the Issuer under applicable
Bankruptcy Law, after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of applicable Bankruptcy Law; 

(7) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate (upon which the Trustee shall have no liability
in relying) stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes issued under this Indenture over the other creditors of the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding
creditors of the Issuer or others; and 
  

 -110- 

 (8) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and
an Opinion of Counsel (upon which the Trustee shall have no liability in relying), each stating that all conditions precedent provided for relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 

SECTION 9.05. Deposited Money and EU Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust. 

All money and EU Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 9.04 in
respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agents, to the Holders of such Notes, of
all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

The Issuer and the Guarantors shall (on a joint and several basis) pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge
imposed on or assessed against the EU Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 9.04 or the principal, premium, if any, and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the
account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
 Anything in this Article Nine to the contrary notwithstanding, the
Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon a request of the Issuer any money or EU Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 9.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

SECTION 9.06. Reinstatement. 

If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or EU Government Obligations in accordance with Section 9.01, 9.02
or 9.03 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and each Guarantor’s obligations under
this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article Nine until such time as the Trustee or such Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or EU
Government Obligations in accordance with Section 9.01; provided that if the Issuer or the Guarantors have made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or accrued interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of their
obligations, the Issuer or the Guarantors, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or EU Government Obligations held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent. 

 

 -111- 

 SECTION 9.07. Moneys Held by Paying Agent. 

In connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, all moneys and EU Government Obligations then held by any Paying
Agent under the provisions of this Indenture shall, upon written demand of the Issuer, be paid or delivered to the Trustee, or if sufficient moneys and EU Government Obligations have been deposited pursuant to Section 9.04, to the Issuer upon a
request of the Issuer (or, if such moneys and EU Government Obligations had been deposited by the Guarantors, to such Guarantors), and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys. 

SECTION 9.08. Moneys Held by Trustee. 

Any moneys and EU Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent or then held by the Issuer or the Guarantors in
trust for the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Note that are not applied but remain unclaimed by the Holder of such Note for two years after the date upon which the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on
such Note shall have respectively become due and payable shall be repaid or returned to the Issuer (or, if appropriate, the Guarantors) upon a request of the Issuer, or if such moneys and EU Government Obligations are then held by the Issuer or the
Guarantors in trust, such moneys and EU Government Obligations shall be released from such trust; and the Holder of such Note entitled to receive such payment shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer and the
Guarantors for the payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust moneys and EU Government Obligations shall thereupon cease; provided that the Trustee or any such Paying Agent, before being
required to make any such repayment, may, at the expense of the Issuer and the Guarantors, either mail to each Noteholder affected, at the address shown in the register of the Notes maintained by the Registrar pursuant to Section 2.06, or cause
to be published once a week for two successive weeks, in one newspaper published in the English language, customarily published each Business Day and of general circulation in The City of New York, the State of New York, and in one newspaper
published in the English language, customarily published each Business Day and of general circulation in London, England, a notice that such moneys and EU Government Obligations remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall
not be less than 30 days from the date of such mailing or publication, any unclaimed balance of such moneys and EU Government Obligations then remaining will be repaid or returned to the Issuer. After payment or return to the Issuer or the
Guarantors or the release of any moneys and EU Government Obligations held in trust by the Issuer or any Guarantors, as the case may be, Holders entitled thereto must look only to the Issuer and the Guarantors for payment as general creditors unless
applicable abandoned property law designates another Person. 
  

 -112- 

 ARTICLE TEN 

GUARANTEE OF SECURITIES 

SECTION 10.01. Guarantee. 

The Guarantors, by execution of this Indenture, jointly and severally, guarantee to each Holder (i) the due and punctual payment of
the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on each Note, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal of and interest on
the Notes, to the extent lawful, and the due and punctual payment of all other obligations and due and punctual performance of all obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of such Note and this
Indenture and (ii) in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or
renewal, at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Each Guarantor, by execution of this Indenture, agrees that, subject only to the applicable provisions, if any, of Section 10.06, its obligations hereunder shall be absolute and
unconditional, irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of any such Note or this Indenture, any failure to enforce the provisions of any such Note or this Indenture, any waiver, modification or
indulgence granted to the Issuer with respect thereto by the Holder of such Note, or any other circumstances which may otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or such Guarantor. 

Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand for payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or
bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest or notice with respect to any such Note or the Indebtedness evidenced thereby and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Guarantee will not be
discharged as to any such Note except by payment in full of the principal thereof and interest thereon. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the
maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Six for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations
guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guarantor for the
purpose of this Guarantee. 
 The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as
the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of any Holder under the Note Guarantees. 
  

 -113- 

 SECTION 10.02. Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee. 

To further evidence the Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note
Guarantee, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I, shall be endorsed on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and such Note Guarantee shall be executed by either manual or facsimile signature of an Officer
of each Guarantor. The validity and enforceability of any Note Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note. 

Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall be in full force and effect
notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 
 If an Officer of a Guarantor whose
signature is on this Indenture or a Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which such Note Guarantee is endorsed or at any time thereafter, such Guarantor’s Guarantee of such Note shall be
valid nevertheless. 
 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due
delivery of any Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantor. 
 SECTION 10.03. Release of Guarantors.

 (a) The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor (other than Parent or Crown) will be unconditionally released and discharged upon any
of the following: 
 (1) any Transfer (including, without limitation, by way of consolidation or merger) by
Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent of all of the Equity Interests of, or all or substantially all of the properties and assets of, such Guarantor, which sale, exchange or transfer is made
in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; 
 (2) any Transfer directly or indirectly (including,
without limitation, by way of consolidation or merger) by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent of Equity Interests of such Guarantor or any issuance by such Guarantor of its Equity
Interests, which Transfer or issuance is made in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, such that such Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary of Parent; provided that such Guarantor is also released from all of its obligations in
respect of Indebtedness under each Credit Facility; 
 (3) if such Guarantor is a Domestic Subsidiary of Parent
or a Canadian Subsidiary or a U.K. Subsidiary, the release of such Guarantor from all obligations of 
  

 -114- 

 
such Guarantor in respect of Indebtedness under each Credit Facility and under all Guarantees and other obligations of such Guarantor in respect of Indebtedness of the Issuer, Parent and each
other Guarantor; 
 (4) if such Guarantor is a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, the release of such Guarantor
from all obligations of such Guarantor in respect of Indebtedness under each Credit Facility and under all Guarantees and other obligations of such Guarantor in respect of Indebtedness of the Issuer, Parent and each other Guarantor; or 

(5) the designation of such Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture;
provided that such Guarantor is also released from all of its obligations in respect of Indebtedness under each Credit Facility and under all Guarantees and other obligations of such Guarantor in respect of Indebtedness of the Issuer, Parent
and each other Guarantor. 
 (b) Except as provided under Article Five, a Note Guarantee of Parent or Crown may be released and
discharged only with the consent of each Holder of Notes to which such Note Guarantee relates in accordance with Article Eight; provided that the Note Guarantee of Crown may also be released and discharged upon satisfaction of any of the
conditions set forth in clause (1), (2) or (5) of subsection (a) of this Section 10.03 and, if Crown is also released as a guarantor in respect of the Existing Secured Notes, to the extent outstanding, clause (3) of
subsection (a) of this Section 10.03. 
 (c) No such release or discharge of a Note Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be
effective against the Trustee or the Holders of Notes to which such Note Guarantee relates (i) if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under this Indenture as of the time of such proposed release until such time
as such Default or Event of Default is cured and waived (unless such release is in connection with the sale of the Equity Interests in such Guarantor constituting collateral for a Credit Facility in connection with the exercise of remedies against
such Equity Interests or in connection with a Transfer permitted by this Indenture if, but for the existence of such Default or Event of Default, such Subsidiary would otherwise be entitled to be released from its Guarantee following the sale of
such Equity Interests) and (ii) until the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate, upon which such Trustee shall have no liability in relying, stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture
relating to such transactions have been complied with and that such release and discharge is authorized and permitted under this Indenture. 

(d) The Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested by either the Issuer or a Guarantor in order to evidence the release of
such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee endorsed on the Notes and under this Article Ten. 
  

 -115- 

 SECTION 10.04. Waiver of Subrogation. 

Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any claim or other rights which it may now or hereafter acquire against the Issuer that arise
from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Guarantor’s obligations under its Note Guarantee and this Indenture, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, indemnification, and any
right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Holder of Notes against the Issuer, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive
from the Issuer, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or Note on account of such claim or other rights. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence
and the Notes shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall have been deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Holders of the Notes, and shall forthwith be paid to the Trustee for
the benefit of such Holders to be credited and applied upon the Notes, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing
arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the waiver set forth in this Section 10.04 is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 

SECTION 10.05. Notice to Trustee. 

The Issuer or any Guarantor shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any fact known to the Issuer or any such Guarantor which
would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office in respect of the Note Guarantees. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article Ten or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be
charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Note Guarantees, unless and until the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Issuer no
later than one Business Day prior to such payment; and, prior to the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 10.05, and subject to the provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02, shall be
entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts exist; provided, however, that if the Trustee shall not have received the notice referred to in this Section 10.05 at least one Business Day prior to the date upon which by the
terms hereof any such payment may become payable for any purpose under this Indenture (including, without limitation, the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note), then, anything herein contained to the contrary
notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such money and to apply the same to the purpose for which such money was received and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary which may be received by it less
than one Business Day prior to such date. 
  

 -116- 

 SECTION 10.06. Limitation on Guarantor’s Liability. 

(a) To the extent applicable, a Guarantor’s liability in respect of its Note Guarantee shall be limited to the extent set forth
below: 
 (1) Limitations Applicable to U.S. Guarantors. Each Guarantor that is incorporated, organized or
formed, as the case may be, under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia (a “U.S. Guarantor”), and by its acceptance hereof, each Holder and the Trustee, hereby confirm that it is the intention
of all such parties that the Guarantee of a U.S. Guarantor does not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent
Transfer Act or any similar U.S. Federal or state or other applicable law. To effectuate the foregoing intention, each Holder and each U.S. Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of a U.S. Guarantor under its Note Guarantee shall be
limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such U.S. Guarantor result in the obligations of such U.S. Guarantor not constituting such a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 

(2) Limitations Applicable to Belgian Guarantors. Each Guarantor that is incorporated, organized or formed, as the
case may be, in Belgium (a “Belgian Guarantor”), and by its acceptance hereof, each Holder and the Trustee, hereby confirms that notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, or any related agreements or certificates, the
maximum aggregate liability hereunder of any such Belgian Guarantor will be limited so that the aggregate of such Belgian Guarantor’s liability hereunder plus all other liabilities (including conditional guarantees) of such Belgian Guarantor
will not exceed its financial capacity or otherwise result in insolvency of such Belgian Guarantor nor exceed any other limitation imposed by Belgian law. 

(3) Limitations Applicable to German Guarantors. Each Guarantor incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may
be, in Germany (a “German Guarantor”), and by its acceptance hereof, each Holder and the Trustee, hereby confirm that the liability of such German Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all
other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee or
pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each German Guarantor that
makes a payment or distribution under its Note Guarantee shall be entitled to a contribution from each other Guarantor in a pro rata amount based on the Adjusted Net Assets of each Guarantor. The obligation of any German Guarantor under

  

 -117- 

 
this Article Ten will be binding only to the extent that it would not result in a prohibited repayment to such Guarantor’s shareholders of assets necessary to maintain the nominal registered
capital of such German Guarantor (Section 30 et seq. GmbH Act). 
 (4) Limitations Applicable to Swiss
Guarantors. Each Guarantor incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be, in Switzerland (a “Swiss Guarantor”) and by its acceptance hereof, each Holder and the Trustee, hereby confirm that the liability of such Swiss
Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Swiss Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other
Guarantor, result in the obligations of such Swiss Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. The obligations of any Swiss Guarantor under its Note Guarantee shall be
limited so that they do not result in a prohibited repayment of the share capital of such Swiss Guarantor (Section 680 of the Swiss Code of Obligations), and infringe the mandatory provisions on reserves (Sections 671 to 674 of the Swiss Code of
Obligations). 
 (5) Limitations Applicable to French Guarantors. Each Guarantor incorporated, organized
or formed, as the case may be, in France (a “French Guarantor”), and by its acceptance hereof, each Holder and the Trustee, hereby confirm that the liability of such French Guarantor shall be limited to the extent required by
applicable law to the amount any such French Guarantor can pay without exceeding its financial capacity or otherwise resulting in insolvency of such French Guarantor, as of the date the note guarantee is subscribed or, if later further amended,
restated or reaffirmed, as of such later date, and that the Guarantee given by any of Société de Participations CarnaudMetalbox, Crown Bevcan France SAS and Crown Emballage France SAS (each, a “French Subsidiary
Guarantor”) will in addition be limited to the equivalent in Euros of the portion of the proceeds of the notes used directly or indirectly to repay or refinance obligations of or obligations guaranteed (to the extent permitted under
French law) by, such French Subsidiary Guarantor, or to fund or refinance (directly or indirectly) advances or loans to such French Subsidiary Guarantor. 

(6) Limitations Applicable to the Dutch Guarantor. The Dutch Guarantor, and by its acceptance hereof, each Holder
and the Trustee, hereby confirm that the Dutch Guarantor shall not be liable under its Note Guarantee to the extent that, if it were so liable, its entry into its Note Guarantee would violate (a) sections 2:98c or 2:207c of the Dutch Civil
Code, (b) its corporate interest or (c) section 3:45 of the Dutch Civil Code or sections 42 or 43 of the Dutch Bankruptcy Act (Faillissementswet). 

 

 -118- 

 (7) Limitations Applicable to Other Guarantors. Each Guarantor that
is incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be, under the laws of any jurisdiction other than one set forth in clauses (1) through (6) above (an “Other Guarantor”), and by its acceptance hereof, each Holder and
the Trustee, hereby confirm that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of an Other Guarantor does not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes applicable law. To effectuate the foregoing intention, each Holder
and each Other Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of an Other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Other
Guarantor result in the obligations of such Other Guarantor not constituting such a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 

“Adjusted Net Assets” of a Guarantor at any date means the lesser of (1) the amount by which (x) the fair
value of the assets of such Guarantor exceeds the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent liabilities, but excluding liabilities under its Note Guarantee, of such Guarantor at such date and (y) the present fair
salable value of the assets of such Guarantor at such date exceeds (2) the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Guarantor on its debts (after giving effect to all other fixed and contingent liabilities and after
giving effect to any collection from any Subsidiary of such Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee), excluding Indebtedness in respect of its Note Guarantee, as they become absolute and matured.

 (b) If following the date of this Indenture and notwithstanding anything in Section 8.02 to the contrary: 

(1) (i) there shall be any change in the laws of the jurisdictions set forth in clauses (1) through (6) of
subsection (a) of this Section 10.06 or (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary incorporated, organized or formed, as the case may be, under the laws of any jurisdiction other than ones set forth in clauses (1) through (6) of
subsection (a) of this Section 10.06 (a “Future Guarantor”) shall be required to execute a Note Guarantee and the Issuer shall reasonably determine that clause (7) with respect to Other Guarantors shall not adequately
address the limitations on such Guarantee imposed by applicable law of the jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation, as the case may be, of any such Future Guarantor; or 

(2) the Issuer shall reasonably determine that it shall be necessary or advisable to amend the terms of clauses
(1) through (6) of subsection (a) of this Section 10.06 or to add additional provisions related to the limitations imposed on the Note Guarantee of a Future Guarantor, 

then upon the delivery of an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, the Issuer shall be entitled to
amend such clauses or add such additional provisions (including any related modifications to the form of Guarantee attached hereto as Exhibit I), as the case may be, in order for the Note Guarantee of a Guarantor not to so violate applicable
law. 
  

 -119- 

 ARTICLE ELEVEN 

MISCELLANEOUS 
 SECTION 11.01.
Trust Indenture Act Controls. 
 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision
which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the required provision shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies any TIA provision that may be so modified, such TIA provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture
as so modified. If any provision of this Indenture excludes any TIA provision that may be so excluded, such TIA provision shall be excluded from this Indenture. 

The provisions of TIA §§ 310 through 317 that impose duties on any Person (including the provisions automatically deemed
included unless expressly excluded by this Indenture) are a part of and govern this Indenture, whether or not physically contained herein. 

SECTION 11.02. Notices. 

Except for notice or communications to Holders, any notice or communication shall be given in writing and delivered in person or mailed
by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, addressed as follows: 

If to the Issuer or any Guarantor: 

Crown European Holdings SA 

Le Colisee I 

Rue Fructidor 

75830 Paris Cedex 17 

France 

Attn: Chris Homfray 

Telephone: 33 1 4918 4000 

Facsimile: 33 1 4918 4001 
  

 -120- 

 With copies to: 

Crown Holdings, Inc. 

One Crown Way 

Philadelphia, PA 19154-4599 

Attn: General Counsel 

Telephone: (215) 698-5100 

Facsimile: (215) 676-6011 

With copies to: 

Dechert LLP 

Cira Center 

2929 Arch Street 

Philadelphia, PA 19104 

Attn: William G. Lawlor 

Telephone: (215) 994-4000 

Facsimile: (215) 994-2222 

If to the Trustee: 

The Bank of New York Mellon 

One Canada Square 

London E14 5AL 

Attention: Trustee Administration Manager 

re: Crown European Holdings SA 

Facsimile: +44 20 4964 4637 

If to the Luxembourg Paying Agent and Registrar: 

The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A. 

Vertigo Building - Polaris 

2-4 rue Eugène Ruppert 

L-2453 Luxembourg 

Attention: Peter Bun 

Telephone: (+352) 34 20 90 56 30 

Facsimile: (+352) 34 20 90 60 35 

If to the Paying Agent: 

The Bank of New York Mellon 

One Canada Square 

London E14 5AL 

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration (CDO) 

Facsimile: +44 20 7964 2531 
  

 -121- 

 The Issuer, the Guarantors or the Trustee by written notice to the others may designate
additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
 All notices and communications (other than those
sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five (5) calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of
address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee); when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight
air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. 
 Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail,
certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in
TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 

If a notice or communication to a Holder is mailed in the manner provided above, it shall be deemed duly given, whether or not the
addressee receives it. 
 In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service, or by reason of any other cause, it shall
be impossible to mail any notice as required by this Indenture, then such method of notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient mailing of such notice. 

SECTION 11.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders. 

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the
Notes. The Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar, each Agent and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 

SECTION 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer or such
Guarantor shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (1) an Officers’ Certificate (which shall include the statements
set forth in Section 11.05 below) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 

 

 -122- 

 (2) an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set forth in
Section 11.05 below) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with. 

SECTION 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion. 

Each certificate and opinion with respect to compliance by or on behalf of the Issuer or any Guarantor with a condition or covenant
provided for in this Indenture shall include: 
 (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or
opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, it or he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary
to enable it or him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

 SECTION 11.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or meetings of Noteholders. The Registrar and Paying Agent may make reasonable rules
for their functions. 
 SECTION 11.07. Business Days; Legal Holidays. 

A “Business Day” is a day that is not a Legal Holiday. A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, a Sunday or
other day on which commercial banks in The City of New York, the State of New York are authorized or required by law to close. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day
that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. 
  

 -123- 

 SECTION 11.08. Governing Law. 

This Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New
York, but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the law of another jurisdiction would be required thereby. 

SECTION 11.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan, security or debt agreement of Parent or any Subsidiary thereof. No
such indenture, loan, security or debt agreement may be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 SECTION 11.10. Successors. 

All agreements of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of
the Trustee, any additional trustee and any Agents in this Indenture shall bind its successor. 
 SECTION 11.11. Multiple Counterparts.

 The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Indenture. Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original, but all of
them together represent one and the same agreement. 
 SECTION 11.12. Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 

The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for
convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

SECTION 11.13. Separability. 

Each provision of this Indenture shall be considered separable and if for any reason any provision which is not essential to the
effectuation of the basic purpose of this Indenture or the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

SECTION 11.14. Waiver of Jury Trial. 

THE ISSUER, EACH OF THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL
RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 
  

 -124- 

 SECTION 11.15. Force Majeure. 

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising
out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and
interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to
resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 
 SECTION 11.16. Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of
Immunities. 
 (a) By the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuer and each Guarantor (i) acknowledges
that it has irrevocably designated and appointed CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011 (and any successor entity) as its authorized agent upon which process may be served in any suit or proceeding arising out of or
relating to this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees that may be instituted in any Federal or state court in the State of New York, The City of New York, the Borough of Manhattan or brought under Federal or state securities laws, and
acknowledges that CT Corporation System has accepted such designation, (ii) irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit or proceeding in subsection (a)(i) above and (iii) agrees that service of
process upon CT Corporation System and written notice of said service to the Issuer in accordance with this Section 11.16 shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Issuer or any Guarantor, if any, in any such suit
or proceeding. The Issuer and each Guarantor further agrees to take any and all such action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment of CT
Corporation System in full force and effect so long as this Indenture shall be in full force and effect or any of the Notes shall be outstanding; provided, however, that the Issuer or any Guarantor may, by written notice to the
Trustee, designate such additional or alternative agent for service of process under this Section 11.16 that (i) maintains an office located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, the State of New York, (ii) is a corporate
service company which acts as agent for service of process for other Persons in the ordinary course of its business and (iii) agrees to act as agent for service of process in accordance with this Section 11.16. Such notice shall identify
the name of such agent for process and the address of such agent for process in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, the State of New York. 

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to the extent that the Issuer or any Guarantor has or hereafter may acquire any
immunity from jurisdiction of any 
  

 -125- 

 
court or from any legal process with respect to itself or its property, it hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under each of this Indenture, the Notes and the
Note Guarantees. In addition, the Issuer and each Guarantor irrevocably waives and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the
jurisdiction of the courts mentioned in subsection (a) of this Section 11.16 for any reason whatsoever, that such suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue for such suit is improper, or that this
Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not be enforced in such courts. 
 (c)
The Issuer and the Guarantors agree that a final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. To the fullest extent
permitted by applicable law, nothing in this Section 11.16 shall affect the right of the Trustee to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law or affect the right of the Trustee to bring any action or proceeding against the Issuer
or any Guarantor or its property in the courts of any other jurisdictions. 
 SECTION 11.17. Currency of Account; Conversion of Currency;
Foreign Exchange Restrictions. 
 (a) Euros are the sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Issuer
and the Guarantors under or in connection with the Notes, the Note Guarantees of the Notes or this Indenture, including damages related thereto. Any amount received or recovered in a currency other than Euro by a Holder of the Notes (whether as a
result of, or of the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the Issuer or otherwise) in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Issuer shall only constitute a discharge
to the Issuer to the extent of the Euro amount which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make that purchase on
that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do so). If that Euro amount is less than the Euro amount expressed to be due to the recipient under the Notes, the Issuer shall indemnify it against any loss sustained by it as a result as
set forth in subsection (b) of this Section 11.17. In any event, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall indemnify the recipient against the cost of making any such purchase. For the purposes of this Section 11.17, it will be sufficient
for the Holder of a Note to certify in a satisfactory manner (indicating sources of information used) that it would have suffered a loss had an actual purchase of Euros been made with the amount so received in that other currency on the date of
receipt or recovery (or, if a purchase of Euros on such date had not been practicable, on the first date on which it would have been practicable, it being required that the need for a change of date be certified in the manner mentioned above). The
indemnities set forth in this Section 11.17 constitute separate and independent obligations from other obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors, 

 

 -126- 

 
shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by any Holder of the Notes and shall continue in full force and effect despite
any other judgment, order, claim or proof for a liquidated amount in respect of any sum due under the Notes. 
 (b) The Issuer
and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, covenant and agree that the following provisions shall apply to conversion of currency in the case of the Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture: 

 

					
	(1)	 	(A)	 	If for the purpose of obtaining judgment in, or enforcing the judgment of, any court in any country, it becomes necessary to convert into a currency (the “Judgment
Currency”) an amount due in any other currency (the “Base Currency”), then the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or the order of
enforcement is made, as the case may be (unless a court shall otherwise determine).
			
		 	(B)	 	If there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or an order of enforcement is made, as the case may be
(or such other date as a court shall determine), and the date of receipt of the amount due, the Issuer and the Guarantors will pay such additional (or, as the case may be, such lesser) amount, if any, as may be necessary so that the amount paid in
the Judgment Currency when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of receipt will produce the amount in the Base Currency originally due.

(2) In the event of the winding-up of the Issuer or any Guarantor at any time while any amount or damages owing under the
Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture, or any judgment or order rendered in respect thereof, shall remain outstanding, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall indemnify and hold the Holders and the Trustee harmless against any deficiency arising or
resulting from any variation in rates of exchange between (i) the date as of which the Euro Currency Equivalent of the amount due or contingently due under the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture (other than under this subsection (b)(2))
is calculated for the purposes of such winding-up and (ii) the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in such winding-up. For the purpose of this subsection (b)(2), the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in the winding-up of the
Issuer or any Guarantor shall be the date fixed by the liquidator or otherwise in accordance with the relevant provisions of applicable law as being the latest practicable date as at which liabilities of the Issuer or such Guarantor may be
ascertained for such winding-up prior to payment by the liquidator or otherwise in respect thereto. 
  

 -127- 

 (c) The obligations contained in subsections (a), (b)(1)(B) and (b)(2) of this
Section 11.17 shall constitute separate and independent obligations from the other obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Indenture, shall give rise to separate and independent causes of action against the Issuer and the
Guarantors, shall apply irrespective of any waiver or extension granted by any Holder or the Trustee or either of them from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order or the filing of any proof of
claim in the winding-up of the Issuer or any Guarantor for a liquidated sum in respect of amounts due hereunder (other than under subsection (b)(2) above) or under any such judgment or order. Any such deficiency as aforesaid shall be deemed to
constitute a loss suffered by the Holders or the Trustee, as the case may be, and no proof or evidence of any actual loss shall be required by the Issuer or any Guarantor or the liquidator or otherwise or any of them. In the case of subsection
(b)(2) above, the amount of such deficiency shall not be deemed to be reduced by any variation in rates of exchange occurring between the said final date and the date of any liquidating distribution. 

(d) The term “rate(s) of exchange” shall mean the rate of exchange quoted by Reuters at 10:00 a.m. (New York time) for spot
purchases of the Base Currency with the Judgment Currency other than the Base Currency referred to in subsections (b)(1) and (b)(2) above and includes any premiums and costs of exchange payable. 

[Signature Pages Follow] 
  

 -128- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the
date and year first written above. 
  

					
	CROWN EUROPEAN HOLDINGS S.A.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lakon Holloway

		 	Name:	 	Lakon Holloway
		 	Title:	 	Attorney-in-Fact
	
	CROWN HOLDINGS, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Timothy J. Donahue

		 	Name:	 	Timothy J. Donahue
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President &
		 		 	Chief Financial Officer

  

 -129- 

					
	CROWN AMERICAS LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael B. Burns

		 	Name:	 	Michael B. Burns
		 	Title:	 	Vice President & Treasurer
	
	 CENTRAL STATES CAN CO. OF PUERTO RICO, INC.

	 CROWN BEVERAGE PACKAGING PUERTO RICO, INC.

	 CROWN CONSULTANTS, INC.

	 CROWN CORK & SEAL COMPANY (DE), LLC

	 CROWN CORK & SEAL COMPANY, INC.

	 CROWN FINANCIAL CORPORATION

	 CROWN FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, INC.

	 CROWN PACKAGING TECHNOLOGY, INC.

	 FOREIGN MANUFACTURERS FINANCE CORPORATION

	 NWR, INC.

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael B. Burns

		 	Name:	 	Michael B. Burns
		 	Title:	 	Vice President & Treasurer
	
	 CROWN CORK & SEAL USA, INC.

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael B. Burns

		 	Name:	 	Michael B. Burns
		 	Title:	 	Assistant Treasurer
	
	 CR USA, INC.

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael B. Burns

		 	Name:	 	Michael B. Burns
		 	Title:	 	Assistant Treasurer
	
	 CROWN BEVERAGE PACKAGING, LLC

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael B. Burns

		 	Name:	 	Michael B. Burns
		 	Title:	 	Assistant Treasurer

  

 -130- 

					
	 CROWN INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael B. Burns

		 	Name:	 	Michael B. Burns
		 	Title:	 	Vice President & Treasurer

  

 -131- 

					
	 CROWN VERPAKKING BELGIË NV

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lakon Holloway

		 	Name:	 	Lakon Holloway
		 	Title:	 	Attorney-in-Fact

  

 -132- 

					
	3079939 NOVA SCOTIA COMPANY/3079939 COMPAGNIE DE LA NOUVELLE ECOSSE
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Raymond L. McGowan, Jr.

		 	Name:	 	Raymond L. McGowan, Jr,
		 	Title:	 	President
	
	889273 ONTARIO INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Raymond L. McGowan, Jr.

		 	Name:	 	Raymond L. McGowan, Jr,
		 	Title:	 	President
	
	CROWN CANADIAN HOLDINGS ULC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Raymond L. McGowan, Jr.

		 	Name:	 	Raymond L. McGowan, Jr,
		 	Title:	 	President
	
	CROWN METAL PACKAGING CANADA INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Raymond L. McGowan, Jr.

		 	Name:	 	Raymond L. McGowan, Jr,
		 	Title:	 	President
	
	CROWN METAL PACKAGING CANADA LP
	by its general partner, CROWN METAL
	PACKAGING CANADA INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Raymond L. McGowan, Jr.

		 	Name:	 	Raymond L. McGowan, Jr,
		 	Title:	 	President

  

 -133- 

					
	
	CROWN BEVCAN FRANCE SAS
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lakon Holloway

		 	Name:	 	Lakon Holloway
		 	Title:	 	Attorney-in-Fact
	
	CROWN DÉVELOPPEMENT
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lakon Holloway

		 	Name:	 	Lakon Holloway
		 	Title:	 	Attorney-in-Fact
	
	CROWN EMBALLAGE FRANCE SAS
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lakon Holloway

		 	Name:	 	Lakon Holloway
		 	Title:	 	Attorney-in-Fact
	
	SOCIÉTÉ DE PARTICIPATIONS CARNAUDMETALBOX
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lakon Holloway

		 	Name:	 	Lakon Holloway
		 	Title:	 	Attorney-in-Fact

  

 -134- 

					
	CROWN CORK & SEAL DEUTSCHLAND HOLDINGS GMBH
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Martin Bouchon

		 	Name:	 	Martin Bouchon
		 	Title:	 	Attorney-in-Fact
	
	CROWN NAHRUNGSMITTELDOSEN DEUTSCHLAND GMBH
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Martin Bouchon

		 	Name:	 	Martin Bouchon
		 	Title:	 	Attorney-in-Fact
	
	CROWN NAHRUNGSMITTELDOSEN GMBH
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Martin Bouchon

		 	Name:	 	Martin Bouchon
		 	Title:	 	Attorney-in-Fact
	
	CROWN SPECIALITY PACKAGING DEUTSCHLAND GMBH
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Martin Bouchon

		 	Name:	 	Martin Bouchon
		 	Title:	 	Attorney-in-Fact
	
	CROWN VERSCHLÜSSE DEUTSCHLAND GMBH
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Martin Bouchon

		 	Name:	 	Martin Bouchon
		 	Title:	 	Attorney-in-Fact

  

 -135- 

					
	CROWN VERPACKUNGEN DEUTSCHLAND GMBH
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Martin Bouchon

		 	Name:	 	Martin Bouchon
		 	Title:	 	Attorney-in-Fact

  

 -136- 

					
	CROWN ENVASES MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Raymond L. McGowan, Jr.

		 	Name:	 	Raymond L. McGowan, Jr.
		 	Title:	 	President
	
	CROWN MEXICAN HOLDINGS, S. DE R.L. DE C.V.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael B. Burns

		 	Name:	 	Michael B. Burns
		 	Title:	 	Vice President & Treasurer

  

 -137- 

					
	CROWN VERPAKKING NEDERLAND BV, as Dutch Guarantor
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lakon Holloway

		 	Name:	 	Lakon Holloway
		 	Title:	 	Attorney-in-Fact

  

 -138- 

					
	CROWN VOGEL AG
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lakon Holloway

		 	Name:	 	Lakon Holloway
		 	Title:	 	Attorney-in-Fact

					
	CARNAUDMETALBOX ENGINEERING LIMITED
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lakon Holloway

		 	Name:	 	Lakon Holloway
		 	Title:	 	Attorney-in-Fact
	
	CARNAUDMETALBOX GROUP UK LIMITED
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lakon Holloway

		 	Name:	 	Lakon Holloway
		 	Title:	 	Attorney-in-Fact
	
	CARNAUDMETALBOX OVERSEAS LIMITED
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lakon Holloway

		 	Name:	 	Lakon Holloway
		 	Title:	 	Attorney-in-Fact
	
	CROWN AEROSOLS UK LIMITED
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lakon Holloway

		 	Name:	 	Lakon Holloway
		 	Title:	 	Attorney-in-Fact
	
	CROWN CORK & SEAL FINANCE LIMITED
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lakon Holloway

		 	Name:	 	Lakon Holloway
		 	Title:	 	Attorney-in-Fact

					
	CROWN PACKAGING UK PLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lakon Holloway

		 	Name:	 	Lakon Holloway
		 	Title:	 	Attorney-in-Fact
	
	CROWN SPECIALITY PACKAGING UK LIMITED
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lakon Holloway

		 	Name:	 	Lakon Holloway
		 	Title:	 	Attorney-in-Fact
	
	CROWN UK HOLDINGS LIMITED
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Lakon Holloway

		 	Name:	 	Lakon Holloway
		 	Title:	 	Attorney-in-Fact

					
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,

as Trustee

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Melissa Laidley

		 	Name:	 	Melissa Laidley
		 	Title:	 	Senior Associate

  

 EXHIBIT A-1 

[FORM OF RESTRICTED NOTE] 

CROWN EUROPEAN HOLDINGS SA 

7 
1/8% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2018 

[Insert Global Note Legend, if applicable] 

[Insert Private Placement Legend] 

 

			
	No. [    ]	  	 CUSIP No. [        ]

ISIN No. [        ]

Common Code No. [        ]

€[        ]

CROWN EUROPEAN HOLDINGS SA, a French société anonyme, as issuer (the “Issuer”), for value received,
promises to pay to [                    ] or registered assigns the principal sum of
[                    ] (or such other principal amount as shall be set forth in the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in Global Note attached
hereto), on August 15, 2018. 
 Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15 commencing February 15, 2011. 

Record Dates: February 1 and August 1 (whether or not a Business Day). 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set
forth at this place. 
  

 A-1-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by
two of its duly authorized officers. 
  

					
	CROWN EUROPEAN HOLDINGS SA
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	

  

 A-1-2 

 Certificate of Authentication 

This is one of the 7 1
/8% Senior Notes due 2018 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 

 

			
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

Dated: 
  

 A-1-3 

 [FORM OF REVERSE OF RESTRICTED NOTE] 

CROWN EUROPEAN HOLDINGS SA 

7 
1/8% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2018 

1. Interest. CROWN EUROPEAN HOLDINGS SA, a French société anonyme, as issuer (the
“Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount set forth on the face hereof at a rate of
7 1/8% per annum. Interest hereon will accrue
from and including the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including July 28,
20101 to but excluding the date on which interest is paid.
Interest shall be payable in arrears on each February 15 and August 15, commencing February 15, 20112
. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and actual days elapsed. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue interest (to the
full extent permitted by law) at the rate borne by the Notes. 
 2. Method of Payment. The Issuer will pay
interest hereon (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on February 1 or August 1 preceding the interest payment date (whether or not a Business Day). Holders must surrender Notes to a
Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer will pay principal and interest in Euros. Interest may be paid by check mailed to the Holder entitled thereto at the address indicated on the register maintained by the Registrar for the Notes.

 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon (the “Trustee”) will act as a
Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The Issuer or any Affiliate thereof may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

4. Indenture. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of July 28, 2010 (the “Indenture”)
among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee. This is one of an issue of Notes of the Issuer issued, or to be issued, under the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by
reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended from time to time. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of them.
Capitalized and certain other terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings set forth in the Indenture. 
  

	1
	 In the case of Notes issued on the Issue Date. 

	2
	 In the case of Notes issued on the Issue Date. 

 

 A-1-4 

 5. Optional Redemption. 

(a) On and after August 15, 2014, the Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time,
at the following redemption prices, expressed as percentages of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on August 15 of any year set
forth below: 
  

				
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2014
	  	103.563	% 
	 2015
	  	101.781	% 
	 2016 and thereafter
	  	100.000	% 

 (b) In
addition, prior to August 15, 2014, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, to the Make-Whole Redemption Date, plus the applicable Make-Whole Premium (a “Make-Whole Redemption”). Any redemption and notice thereof shall, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more
conditions precedent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee of the Make-Whole Premium by delivering to the Trustee, on or before the applicable Redemption Date, an Officers’ Certificate showing the calculation thereof in reasonable detail, and
the Trustee shall have no responsibility for such calculation. 
 Any redemption and notice thereof may, in the Issuer’s
discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent described in the notice relating to such redemption. 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, on or prior to August 15, 2013, the Issuer, on one or more occasions, may, at its option, redeem
up to 35% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes) originally issued under the Indenture at a redemption price equal to 107.125% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption
Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by Parent to the extent that the net cash proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of the Issuer or are used to subscribe from the Issuer’s shares of its
Qualified Capital Stock; provided that (1) at least 65% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes) originally issued under the Indenture remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such
redemption and (2) such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of any such Equity Offering. 
 Notice
of any redemption upon an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent described in the
notice relating to such redemption, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering. 
  

 A-1-5 

 6. Redemption for Changes in Withholding Tax. The Issuer may, at its option, redeem
all, but not less than all, of the Notes then outstanding at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date. This redemption applies only if as a result of any
amendment to, or change in, the laws or treaties (including any rulings or regulations promulgated thereunder) of any Taxing Jurisdiction or any amendment to or change in any official position concerning the interpretation, administration or
application of such laws, treaties, rulings or regulations (including a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction), which amendment or change is announced and effective on or after the Issue Date (or, (i) in the case of Additional Amounts
payable by a successor Person to the Issuer, the date on which such successor Person became such pursuant to applicable provisions of this Indenture or (ii) in the case Additional Amounts caused by a tax imposed by a jurisdiction that became a
Taxing Jurisdiction after the Issue Date, the date on which such jurisdiction became a Taxing Jurisdiction), the Issuer has become or will become obligated to pay material Additional Amounts (pursuant to Section 4.20 of the Indenture) on the
next date on which any amount would be payable with respect to the Notes and the Issuer reasonably determines in good faith that such obligation cannot be avoided (including, without limitation, by changing the jurisdiction from which or through
which payment is made) by the use of reasonable measures available to the Issuer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Taxes are imposed, deducted or withheld for the payment of any amount payable in relation with any outstanding Notes in a non
cooperative State or territory (Etat ou territoire non coopératif) within the meaning of article 238.0 A of the French Code général des impôts, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem such Notes at a redemption
price equal to the percent of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date. 

Notice of such redemption may not be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obligated to pay
such Additional Amounts were a payment in respect of the Notes then due nor later than 180 days after such amendment or change referred to in the preceding paragraph. At the time such notice of redemption is given, such obligation to pay such
Additional Amounts must remain in effect. Immediately prior to the mailing of any notice of redemption described above, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee (i) an Officers’ Certificate stating that the Issuer is entitled to elect to
effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to the right of the Issuer so to elect to redeem have occurred and (ii) an Opinion of Counsel qualified under the laws of the relevant
jurisdiction to the effect that the Issuer or such successor Person, as the case may be, has or will become obligated to pay such Additional Amounts as a result of such amendment or change. 

7. Notice of Redemption. Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before
the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be
redeemed. Any redemption and notice thereof may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent described in the notice relating to such redemption. 

 

 A-1-6 

 8. Offers To Purchase. The Indenture provides that upon the occurrence of a Change of
Control or an Asset Sale and subject to further limitations contained therein, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase outstanding Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. 

9. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of €50,000 and
integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to
pay to it any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes or portion of a Note selected for redemption, or register the transfer of or exchange any Notes for a
period of 15 days before a mailing of notice of redemption. 
 10. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of this
Note may be treated as the owner of this Note for all purposes. 
 11. Unclaimed Money. If money for the payment of
principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee will pay the money back to the Issuer at its written request. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer and the Guarantors for payment as general creditors
unless an “abandoned property” law designates another Person. 
 12. Amendment, Supplement, Waiver, Etc. The
Issuer and the Trustee may, without the consent of the Holders of any outstanding Notes, amend, waive or supplement the Indenture or the Notes for certain specified purposes, including, among other things, curing ambiguities, defects or
inconsistencies, maintaining the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, providing for the assumption by a successor to the Issuer of its obligations to the Holders and making any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder
in any material respect. Other amendments and modifications of the Indenture or the Notes may be made by the Issuer and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding
Notes, subject to certain exceptions requiring the consent of the Holders of the particular Notes to be affected. 
 13.
Restrictive Covenants. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, incur additional Indebtedness, pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase its Equity Interests, make
certain investments, sell assets, create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to the Issuer from their Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into transactions with Affiliates, create Liens, enter into Sale and Leaseback Transactions or
consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of the assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and requires the Issuer to provide reports 

 

 A-1-7 

 
to Holders of the Notes. Such limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. Pursuant to Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuer must annually report to
the Trustee on compliance with such limitations. 
 14. Successor Corporation. When a successor corporation assumes all
the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture and the transaction complies with the terms of Article Five of the Indenture, the predecessor corporation will, except as provided in Article Five, be released from those
obligations. 
 15. Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. If an Event of Default
occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, either the Trustee, by notice in writing to the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Trustee
specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration”, may declare the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes to be due and payable, and upon such declaration of
acceleration, such principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, shall be immediately due and payable; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) occurs
with respect to Parent or the Issuer, the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes then outstanding shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee
or any Holder. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if after such acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on such
acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes may rescind and annul such acceleration if: 

(1) all Events of Default, other than nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that has become due solely
because of the acceleration, have been cured or waived; 
 (2) to the extent the payment of such interest is
lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; 

(3) the Issuer has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements
and advances; and 
 (4) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in
Section 6.01(7), the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. 

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 

Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to
it before it enforces the Indenture 
  

 A-1-8 

 
or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may
withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes) if it determines that withholding notice is in their best interests.

 16. Trustee Dealings with the Issuer. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept
deposits from and perform services for the Issuer or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates, as if it were not Trustee. 

17. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator, member of the Board of Directors or holder of
Capital Stock of Parent or of any Restricted Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture or the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by
reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. 

18. Discharge. The Issuer’s obligations pursuant to the Indenture will be discharged, except for obligations pursuant to
certain sections thereof, subject to the terms of the Indenture, upon the payment of all the Notes or upon the irrevocable deposit with the Trustee of cash in Euros, EU Government Obligations or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be
sufficient to pay when due principal of and interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be. 
 19.
Guarantees. From and after the Issue Date, the Notes will be entitled to the benefits of certain Note Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights,
limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders. 
 20.
Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 

21. Governing Law. THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BUT WITHOUT
GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 

22. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common),
TENANT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 

 

 A-1-9 

 The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the
Indenture. Requests may be made to: 
 Crown European Holdings SA 

Le Colisee I 

Rue Fructidor 

75830 Paris Cedex 17 

France 
 Attn:
Chris Homfray 
 Telephone:  33 1 4918 4000 

Facsimile:   33 1 4918 4001 
  

 A-1-10 

 ASSIGNMENT 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  

 
  

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number) 

 
  
  

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee) 
  

			
	and irrevocably appoint	 	  

Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The Agent may substitute another to act for him. 

 

					
	Date:
                                         
       	 	Your Signature:	 	  

		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:
                                         
                                        

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which
requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for,
STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 A-1-11 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have all or any part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.08 or Section 4.12 of
the Indenture, check the appropriate box: 
  

			
	  ̈ Section 4.08
	  	 ̈ Section 4.12

If you want to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.08 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture,
state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
  

			
	€	 	  

		 	 (€1,000 or any integral multiple thereof;

provided that the part not purchased must be

at least €50,000)

		 	

  

			
	Date:	 	  

 

			
	Your Signature:	 	  

		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

	
	  

	Signature Guaranteed

 SIGNATURE
GUARANTEE 
 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the
Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in
substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 A-1-12 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF
INTERESTS IN GLOBAL NOTE* 
 The following exchanges of a part of
this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Physical Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Physical Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of Exchange
	 	 Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount

 of

this Global Note
	 	 Amount of increase in
Principal Amount 
of 
this
Global Note
	 	 Principal Amount 
of this Global Note following
such
decrease 
(or increase)
	 	 Signature of authorized
signatory of
Trustee

  

	*	Insert in Global Securities only. 

  

 A-1-13 

 EXHIBIT A-2 

[FORM OF UNRESTRICTED NOTE] 

CROWN EUROPEAN HOLDINGS SA 

7 
1/8% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2018 

[Insert Global Note Legend, if applicable] 

[Insert Proceeds Sharing Agreement Legend, if applicable] 

 

			
	 No. [    ]
	  	CUSIP No. [            ]
		  	ISIN No. [            ]
		  	Common Code No. [            ]
		  	€[            ]

CROWN EUROPEAN HOLDINGS SA, a French société anonyme, as issuer (the “Issuer”), for value received,
promises to pay to [            ] or registered assigns the principal sum of [            ] (or such other principal amount as
shall be set forth in the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in Global Note attached hereto), on August 15, 2018. 
 Interest Payment
Dates:    February 15 and August 15, commencing February 15, 2011. 
 Record
Dates:    February 1 and August 1 (whether or not a Business Day). 
 Reference is made to the
further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. 
  

 A-2-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by
two of its duly authorized officers. 
  

					
	CROWN EUROPEAN HOLDINGS SA
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	

  

 A-2-2 

 Certificate of Authentication 

This is one of the 7 1
/8% Senior Notes due 2018 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 

 

			
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
	as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

 Dated: 

 

 A-2-3 

 [FORM OF REVERSE OF UNRESTRICTED NOTE] 

CROWN EUROPEAN HOLDINGS SA 

7 
1/8% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2018 

1. Interest. CROWN EUROPEAN HOLDINGS SA, a French société anonyme, as issuer (the
“Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount set forth on the face hereof at a rate of
7 1/8% per annum. Interest hereon will accrue
from and including the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including July 28,
20103 to but excluding the date on which interest is paid.
Interest shall be payable in arrears on each February 15 and August 15, commencing February 15, 20114
. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and actual days elapsed. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue interest (to the
full extent permitted by law) at the rate borne by the Notes. 
 2. Method of Payment. The Issuer will pay
interest hereon (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on February 1 or August 1 preceding the interest payment date (whether or not a Business Day). Holders must surrender Notes to a
Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer will pay principal and interest in Euros. Interest may be paid by check mailed to the Holder entitled thereto at the address indicated on the register maintained by the Registrar for the Notes.

 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon (the “Trustee”) will act as a
Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The Issuer or any Affiliate thereof may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

4. Indenture. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of July 28, 2010 (the “Indenture”)
among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee. This is one of an issue of Notes of the Issuer issued, or to be issued, under the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by
reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended from time to time. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of them.
Capitalized and certain other terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings set forth in the Indenture. 
  

 

	3
	 In the case of Notes issued on the Issue Date. 

	4
	 In the case of Notes issued on the Issue Date. 

 

 A-2-4 

 5. Optional Redemption. 

(a) On and after August 15, 2014, the Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time,
at the following redemption prices, expressed as percentages of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on August 15 of any year set
forth below: 
  

				
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2014
	  	103.563	% 
	 2015
	  	101.781	% 
	 2016 and thereafter
	  	100.000	% 

 (b) In
addition, prior to August 15, 2014, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, to the Make-Whole Redemption Date, plus the applicable Make-Whole Premium (a “Make-Whole Redemption”). Any redemption and notice thereof shall, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more
conditions precedent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee of the Make-Whole Premium by delivering to the Trustee, on or before the applicable Redemption Date, an Officers’ Certificate showing the calculation thereof in reasonable detail, and
the Trustee shall have no responsibility for such calculation. 
 Any redemption and notice thereof may, in the Issuer’s
discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent described in the notice relating to such redemption. 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, on or prior to August 15, 2013, the Issuer, on one or more occasions, may, at its option, redeem
up to 35% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes) originally issued under the Indenture at a redemption price equal to 107.125% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption
Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by Parent to the extent that the net cash proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of the Issuer or are used to subscribe from the Issuer’s shares of its
Qualified Capital Stock; provided that (1) at least 65% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes) originally issued under the Indenture remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such
redemption and (2) such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of any such Equity Offering. 
 Notice
of any redemption upon an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent described in the
notice relating to such redemption, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering. 
  

 A-2-5 

 6. Redemption for Changes in Withholding Tax. The Issuer may, at its option, redeem
all, but not less than all, of the Notes then outstanding at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date. This redemption applies only if as a result of any
amendment to, or change in, the laws or treaties (including any rulings or regulations promulgated thereunder) of any Taxing Jurisdiction or any amendment to or change in any official position concerning the interpretation, administration or
application of such laws, treaties, rulings or regulations (including a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction), which amendment or change is announced and effective on or after the Issue Date (or, (i) in the case of Additional Amounts
payable by a successor Person to the Issuer, the date on which such successor Person became such pursuant to applicable provisions of this Indenture or (ii) in the case Additional Amounts caused by a tax imposed by a jurisdiction that became a
Taxing Jurisdiction after the Issue Date, the date on which such jurisdiction became a Taxing Jurisdiction), the Issuer has become or will become obligated to pay material Additional Amounts (pursuant to Section 4.20 of the Indenture) on the
next date on which any amount would be payable with respect to the Notes and the Issuer reasonably determines in good faith that such obligation cannot be avoided (including, without limitation, by changing the jurisdiction from which or through
which payment is made) by the use of reasonable measures available to the Issuer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Taxes are imposed, deducted or withheld for the payment of any amount payable in relation with any outstanding Notes in a non
cooperative State or territory (Etat ou territoire non coopératif) within the meaning of article 238.0 A of the French Code général des impôts, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem such Notes at a redemption
price equal to the percent of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date. 

Notice of such redemption may not be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obligated to pay
such Additional Amounts were a payment in respect of the Notes then due nor later than 180 days after such amendment or change referred to in the preceding paragraph. At the time such notice of redemption is given, such obligation to pay such
Additional Amounts must remain in effect. Immediately prior to the mailing of any notice of redemption described above, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee (i) an Officers’ Certificate stating that the Issuer is entitled to elect to
effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to the right of the Issuer so to elect to redeem have occurred and (ii) an Opinion of Counsel qualified under the laws of the relevant
jurisdiction to the effect that the Issuer or such successor Person, as the case may be, has or will become obligated to pay such Additional Amounts as a result of such amendment or change. 

7. Notice of Redemption. Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before
the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be
redeemed. Any redemption and notice thereof may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent described in the notice relating to such redemption. 

 

 A-2-6 

 8. Offers To Purchase. The Indenture provides that upon the occurrence of a Change of
Control or an Asset Sale and subject to further limitations contained therein, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase outstanding Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. 

9. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of €50,000 and
integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to
pay to it any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes or portion of a Note selected for redemption, or register the transfer of or exchange any Notes for a
period of 15 days before a mailing of notice of redemption. 
 10. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of this
Note may be treated as the owner of this Note for all purposes. 
 11. Unclaimed Money. If money for the payment of
principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee will pay the money back to the Issuer at its written request. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer and the Guarantors for payment as general creditors
unless an “abandoned property” law designates another Person. 
 12. Amendment, Supplement, Waiver, Etc. The
Issuer and the Trustee may, without the consent of the Holders of any outstanding Notes, amend, waive or supplement the Indenture or the Notes for certain specified purposes, including, among other things, curing ambiguities, defects or
inconsistencies, maintaining the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, providing for the assumption by a successor to the Issuer of its obligations to the Holders and making any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder
in any material respect. Other amendments and modifications of the Indenture or the Notes may be made by the Issuer and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding
Notes, subject to certain exceptions requiring the consent of the Holders of the particular Notes to be affected. 
 13.
Restrictive Covenants. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, incur additional Indebtedness, pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase its Equity Interests, make
certain investments, sell assets, create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to the Issuer from their Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into transactions with Affiliates, create Liens, enter into Sale and Leaseback Transactions or
consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of the assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and requires the Issuer to provide reports 

 

 A-2-7 

 
to Holders of the Notes. Such limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. Pursuant to Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuer must annually report to
the Trustee on compliance with such limitations. 
 14. Successor Corporation. When a successor corporation assumes all
the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture and the transaction complies with the terms of Article Five of the Indenture, the predecessor corporation will, except as provided in Article Five, be released from those
obligations. 
 15. Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. If an Event of Default
occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, either the Trustee, by notice in writing to the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Trustee
specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration”, may declare the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes to be due and payable, and upon such declaration of
acceleration, such principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, shall be immediately due and payable; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) occurs
with respect to Parent or the Issuer, the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes then outstanding shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee
or any Holder. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if after such acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on such
acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes may rescind and annul such acceleration if: 

(1) all Events of Default, other than nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that has become due solely
because of the acceleration, have been cured or waived; 
 (2) to the extent the payment of such interest is
lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; 

(3) the Issuer has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements
and advances; and 
 (4) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in
Section 6.01(7), the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. 

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 

Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to
it before it enforces the Indenture 
  

 A-2-8 

 
or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may
withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes) if it determines that withholding notice is in their best interests.

 16. Trustee Dealings with the Issuer. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept
deposits from and perform services for the Issuer or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates, as if it were not Trustee. 

17. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator, member of the Board of Directors or holder of
Capital Stock of Parent or of any Restricted Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture or the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by
reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. 

18. Discharge. The Issuer’s obligations pursuant to the Indenture will be discharged, except for obligations pursuant to
certain sections thereof, subject to the terms of the Indenture, upon the payment of all the Notes or upon the irrevocable deposit with the Trustee of cash in Euros, EU Government Obligations or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be
sufficient to pay when due principal of and interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be. 
 19.
Guarantees. From and after the Issue Date, the Notes will be entitled to the benefits of certain Note Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights,
limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders. 
 20.
Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 

21. Governing Law. THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BUT WITHOUT
GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 

22. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common),
TENANT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 

 

 A-2-9 

 The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the
Indenture. Requests may be made to: 
 Crown European Holdings SA 

Le Colisee I 

Rue Fructidor 

75830 Paris Cedex 17 

France 
 Attn:
Chris Homfray 
 Telephone:  33 1 4918 4000 

Facsimile:   33 1 4918 4001 
  

 A-2-10 

 ASSIGNMENT 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  

 
  

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number) 

 
  
  

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee) 
  

			
	 and irrevocably appoint
	 	  

 Agent to transfer this Note
on the books of the Issuer. The Agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

							
	 Date:
	 	  
	 	Your Signature:	 	  

		 		 		 	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on

the other side of this Note)

  

			
	 Signature Guarantee:
	 	  

 SIGNATURE
GUARANTEE 
 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the
Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in
substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 A-2-11 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have all or any part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.08 or Section 4.12 of
the Indenture, check the appropriate box: 
  

			
	  ̈  Section 4.08
	  	  ̈  Section 4.12

If you want to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.08 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture,
state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
  

			
	€	 	  

		 	 (€1,000 or any integral multiple

		 	 thereof; provided that the part not

purchased must be at least €50,000)

 

			
	Date:	 	 

  

			
	Your Signature:	 	  

		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

	
	  
	Signature Guaranteed

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which
requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for,
STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 A-2-12 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF
INTERESTS IN GLOBAL NOTE* 
 The following exchanges of a part of
this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Physical Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Physical Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of Exchange
	 	 Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount 
of 
this
Global Note
	 	 Amount of increase in
Principal Amount 
of 
this
Global Note
	 	 Principal Amount 
of this Global Note following
such
decrease 
(or increase)
	 	 Signature of authorized
signatory of
Trustee

  

	*	Insert in Global Securities only. 

  

 A-2-13 

 EXHIBIT B 

[FORM OF LEGEND FOR RESTRICTED SECURITIES] 

Any Restricted Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required
in the case of a Global Note) in substantially the following form: 
 THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S.
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF,
THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN
COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3), OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN
ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE
144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER-DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN
REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE FOR THIS SECURITY), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH
RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF
THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS
TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF 
  

 B-1 

 
THIS SECURITY WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY, IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE
AND THE ISSUER SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 

 

 B-2 

 EXHIBIT C 

[FORM OF LEGEND FOR GLOBAL NOTE] 

Any Global Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required in
the case of a Restricted Note) in substantially the following form: 
 THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE
HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A COMMON DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF A COMMON DEPOSITORY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE COMMON DEPOSITORY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN
THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE COMMON DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITORY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITORY TO THE COMMON
DEPOSITORY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITORY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON (THE “COMMON DEPOSITORY”) TO THE ISSUER OR
ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE BANK OF NEW YORK DEPOSITORY (NOMINEES) LIMITED OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE
COMMON DEPOSITORY (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO THE BANK OF NEW YORK DEPOSITORY (NOMINEES) LIMITED OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITORY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR
OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, THE BANK OF NEW YORK DEPOSITORY (NOMINEES) LIMITED, HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
  

 C-1 

 EXHIBIT D 

[FORM OF LEGEND FOR NOTE ISSUED WITH OID] 

Any Note issued with more than de minimis original issued discount for U.S. Federal Income Tax purposes authenticated and delivered
hereunder shall bear a legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required in the case of a Restricted Note) in substantially the following form: 

“THIS NOTE IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. A HOLDER MAY OBTAIN THE ISSUE
PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY FOR SUCH NOTE BY SUBMITTING A REQUEST FOR SUCH INFORMATION TO THE ISSUER AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: LE COLISEE I, RUE FRUCTIDOR, 75830 PARIS CEDEX 17, FRANCE, ATTENTION: CHIEF
FINANCIAL OFFICER.” 
  

 D-1 

 Exhibit E 

[FORM OF LEGEND FOR TEMPORARY REGULATION S NOTE] 

Any Regulation S Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required
in the case of a Restricted Note) for the 40 days following commencement of the offering of the Notes in substantially the following form: 

“BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A
U.S. PERSON, AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.” 
  

 E-1 

 Exhibit F 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 

Crown European Holdings SA 
 Le Colisee I

 Rue Fructidor 
 75830 Paris Cedex 17

 France 
 The Bank of New York Mellon

 One Canada Square 
 London E14 5AL

  

			
	Attention:	  	Trustee Administration Manager
		  	re: Crown European Holdings SA

  

							
		 	Re:	  	  7 
1/8% Senior Notes due 2018	  	
				
		 		  	(CUSIP                     )	  	
		 		  	(ISIN                         )	  	
		 		  	(Common Code         )	  	

 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of July 28, 2010 (the “Indenture”), by
and among Crown European Holdings SA, as issuer (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                      
                   (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in
the principal amount of                      in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to
                     (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the
Transferor hereby certifies that: 
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 

1.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or
a Physical Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the
Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Physical Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Physical Note for its own account, or
for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional 

 

 F-1 

 
buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of
the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement
Legend printed on the Rule 144A Global Note and/or the Physical Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 2.
 ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note or a Physical Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant
to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order
was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or
through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts
have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and
(iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of
the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global
Note and/or the Physical Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 3.  ̈ Check
and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Global Note or a Physical Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance
with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Physical Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the
United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one): 
 (a)
 ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; 

or 

(b)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected to the Issuer or a Subsidiary
thereof; 
  

 F-2 

 or 

(c)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; 

or 

(d)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited
Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the
meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Physical Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed,
which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit H to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than
€250,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of
the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Global Note and/or
the Physical Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 4.  ̈ Check if Transferee
will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or an Unrestricted Physical Note. 
 (a)
 ̈ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer
restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Physical Notes and in the Indenture. 

(b)  ̈ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is
being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States
and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms
of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Physical Notes and in
the Indenture. 
  

 F-3 

 (c)  ̈ Check if Transfer is pursuant to
Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer
restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Physical Notes and in the Indenture. 

(d)  ̈ Check if Transfer is pursuant to an Effective Registration Statement.
(i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and in compliance with the
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation
of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted
Global Notes or Restricted Physical Notes and in the Indenture. 
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made
for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer. 
  

			
	  

	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated:
                                 

 

 F-4 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 

 

	1.	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 

[CHECK ONE] 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in a: 

(i)     ̈ Rule 144A Global Note
(CUSIP             ) (ISIN             ) (Common
Code                     ), or 

(ii)     ̈ Regulation S Global Note
(CUSIP             ) (ISIN             ) (Common
Code                     ), or 
  

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Physical Note. 

 

	2.	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 

[CHECK ONE] 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

(i)     ̈ Rule 144A Global Note
(CUSIP             ) (ISIN             ) (Common
Code                     ), or 

(ii)     ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP
            )(ISIN             ) (Common
Code                     ), or 

(iii)     ̈ Unrestricted Global Note
(CUSIP             ) (ISIN             ) (Common
Code                     ), or 
  

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Physical Note; or 

 

	 	(c)	 ̈ an Unrestricted Physical Note, 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 
  

 F-5 

 EXHIBIT G 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 

Crown European Holdings SA 
 Le Colisee I

 Rue Fructidor 
 75830 Paris Cedex 17

 France 
 The Bank of New York Mellon

 One Canada Square
 London E14 5AL

  

			
	Attention:	  	Trustee Administration Manager
		  	re: Crown European Holdings SA

  

							
		 	Re:	  	  7 
1/8% Senior Notes due 2018	  	
				
		 		  	(CUSIP                     )	  	
		 		  	(ISIN                         )	  	
		 		  	(Common Code         )	  	

 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of July 28, 2010 (the “Indenture”), by
and among Crown European Holdings SA, as issuer (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                      
                   (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal
amount of                      in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner
hereby certifies that: 
 1. Exchange of Restricted Physical Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted
Physical Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note 
 (a)
 ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account
without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933,

  

 G-1 

 
as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

(b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Physical Note to beneficial interest in
an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired
for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Physical Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act,
(iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with
any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 (c)  ̈
 Check if Exchange is from Restricted Physical Note to Unrestricted Physical Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Physical Note for an Unrestricted Physical Note, the Owner hereby certifies
(i) the Unrestricted Physical Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Physical Notes and pursuant
to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted
Physical Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 2. Exchange
of Restricted Physical Notes for Restricted Physical Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. 
 (a)
 ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Physical Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Physical Note for a
beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]      Rule 144A Global Note,      Regulation S Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is
being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the
Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be
subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

 

 G-2 

 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the
benefit of the Issuer. 
  

			
	  

	[Insert Name of Owner]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

					
	Dated:	 	  
	 	

  

 G-3 

 EXHIBIT H 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 

Crown European Holdings SA 
 Le Colisee I

 Rue Fructidor 
 75830 Paris Cedex 17

 France 
 The Bank of New York Mellon

 One Canada Square
 London E14 5AL

  

			
	Attention:	  	Trustee Administration Manager
		  	re: Crown European Holdings SA

  

							
		 	Re:	  	  7 
1/8% Senior Notes due 2018	  	
				
		 		  	(CUSIP                     )	  	
		 		  	(ISIN                         )	  	
		 		  	(Common Code         )	  	

 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of July 28, 2010 (the “Indenture”), by
and among Crown European Holdings SA, as issuer (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 In connection with our proposed purchase of
                                        
aggregate principal amount of: 
 (a)  ̈ a beneficial interest in a Global Note,
or 
 (b)  ̈ a Physical Note, 

we confirm that: 
 1. We
understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the
Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). 

 

 H-1 

 2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the
Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we
should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Issuer or any Subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein),
(c) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Issuer a signed letter substantially in the form of
this letter and, if such transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes, at the time of transfer, of less than €250,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that such transfer is in compliance
with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act or (E) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to
any person purchasing the Physical Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are
restricted as stated herein. 
 3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we
will be required to furnish to you and the Issuer such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Issuer may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further
understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 
 4. We are an institutional
“accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and
risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 

5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of
which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 
 You
and the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered
hereby. 
  

 H-2 

			
	  

	[Insert Name of Accredited Owner]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

					
	Dated:	 	  
	 	

  

 H-3 

 EXHIBIT I 

GUARANTEES 

Each of the undersigned (the “Guarantors”) hereby jointly and severally unconditionally guarantees, to the extent set
forth in the Indenture, dated as of July 28, 2010 (the “Indenture”), by and among Crown European Holdings SA, as issuer (the “Issuer”), the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (as amended,
restated or supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), and subject to the Indenture, (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, when and as the same shall become
due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of, and premium and, to the extent permitted by law, interest, and the due and punctual performance of all other
obligations of the Issuer to the Noteholders or the Trustee, all in accordance with the terms set forth in Article Ten of the Indenture, (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other
obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise and (c) all amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to
the Indenture. 
 The obligations of the Guarantors to the Noteholders and to the Trustee pursuant to this Guarantee and the
Indenture are expressly set forth in Article Ten of the Indenture, and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms and limitations of this Guarantee. Each Holder of the Note to which this Guarantee is endorsed, by accepting such
Note, agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions. 
 This Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York, but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the law of another jurisdiction would be required thereby. 

Each Guarantor (i) acknowledges that it has irrevocably designated and appointed CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, New York,
New York 10011 (and any successor entity) as its authorized agent upon which process may be served in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees that may be instituted in any Federal or
state court in the State of New York, The City of New York, the Borough of Manhattan or brought under Federal or state securities laws, and acknowledges that CT Corporation System has accepted such designation, (ii) irrevocably submits to the
non-exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit or proceeding in (i) above and (iii) agrees that service of process upon CT Corporation System and written notice of said service to the Issuer in accordance with this
Section Guarantee shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Issuer or any Guarantor, if any, in any such suit or proceeding. The Issuer and each Guarantor further agrees to take any and all such action, including
the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment of CT Corporation System in full force and effect so long as this Indenture shall be in full force and effect or
any of the Notes shall be outstanding; provided, however, that the Issuer or any Guarantor may, by written notice to the Trustee, designate such additional or alternative agent for service of process under this Guarantee that
(i) maintains an office located in the 
  

 H-4 

 
Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, the State of New York, (ii) is a corporate service company which acts as agent for service of process for other Persons in the ordinary course of
its business and (iii) agrees to act as agent for service of process in accordance with this Guarantee Such notice shall identify the name of such agent for process and the address of such agent for process in the Borough of Manhattan, The City
of New York, the State of New York. 
 To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to the extent that the Issuer or any
Guarantor has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process with respect to itself or its property, it hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under each of this
Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees. In addition, the Issuer and each Guarantor irrevocably waives and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not
personally subject to the jurisdiction of the courts mentioned above for any reason whatsoever, that such suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue for such suit is improper, or that this Indenture, the Notes
or the Note Guarantees or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not be enforced in such courts. 
 The Issuer and the
Guarantors agree that a final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. To the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law, nothing in this Guarantee shall affect the right of the Trustee to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law or affect the right of the Trustee to bring any action or proceeding against the Issuer or any Guarantor or
its property in the courts of any other jurisdictions. 
 [Signatures on Following Pages] 

 

 H-5 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Guarantors has caused this Guarantee to be signed by a duly
authorized officer. 
  

			
	CROWN HOLDINGS, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	CROWN AMERICAS LLC
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	 CENTRAL STATES CAN CO. OF PUERTO RICO, INC.

	 CROWN BEVERAGE PACKAGING PUERTO RICO, INC.

	 CROWN CONSULTANTS, INC.

	 CROWN CORK & SEAL COMPANY (DE), LLC

	 CROWN CORK & SEAL COMPANY, INC.

	 CROWN FINANCIAL CORPORATION

	 CROWN FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, INC.

	 CROWN PACKAGING TECHNOLOGY, INC.

	 FOREIGN MANUFACTURERS FINANCE CORPORATION

	 NWR, INC.

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	CROWN CORK & SEAL USA, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

 H-6 

			
	CR USA, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	CROWN BEVERAGE PACKAGING, LLC
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	CROWN INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

 H-7 

			
	CROWN VERPAKKING BELGIË NV
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

 H-8 

			
	3079939 NOVA SCOTIA COMPANY/3079939 COMPAGNIE DE LA NOUVELLE ECOSSE
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	889273 ONTARIO INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	CROWN CANADIAN HOLDINGS ULC
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	CROWN METAL PACKAGING CANADA INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	 CROWN METAL PACKAGING CANADA LP

by its general partner, CROWN METAL PACKAGING CANADA INC.

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

 H-9 

			
	CROWN BEVCAN FRANCE SAS
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	CROWN DÉVELOPPEMENT
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	CROWN EMBALLAGE FRANCE SAS
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	SOCIÉTÉ DE PARTICIPATIONS CARNAUDMETALBOX
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

 H-10 

			
	CROWN CORK & SEAL DEUTSCHLAND HOLDINGS GMBH
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	CROWN NAHRUNGSMITTELDOSEN DEUTSCHLAND GMBH
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	CROWN NAHRUNGSMITTELDOSEN GMBH
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	CROWN SPECIALITY PACKAGING DEUTSCHLAND GMBH
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	CROWN VERSCHLÜSSE DEUTSCHLAND GMBH
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

 H-11 

			
	CROWN VERPACKUNGEN DEUTSCHLAND GMBH
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

 H-12 

			
	CROWN ENVASES MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	CROWN MEXICAN HOLDINGS, S. DE R.L. DE C.V.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

 H-13 

			
	CROWN VERPAKKING NEDERLAND BV, as Dutch Guarantor
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

 H-14 

			
	CROWN VOGEL AG
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

 I-1 

			
	CARNAUDMETALBOX ENGINEERING LIMITED
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	CARNAUDMETALBOX GROUP UK LIMITED
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	CARNAUDMETALBOX OVERSEAS LIMITED
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	CROWN AEROSOLS UK LIMITED
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	CROWN CORK & SEAL FINANCE LIMITED
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

 I-2 

			
	CROWN PACKAGING UK PLC
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	CROWN SPECIALITY PACKAGING UK LIMITED
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	CROWN UK HOLDINGS LIMITED
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

 I-3

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00176-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00176-of-00352.parquet"}]]